The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, Second Edition
Now available: The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System (Second Edition)


[ source navigation ] [ diff markup ] [ identifier search ] [ freetext search ] [ file search ] [ list types ] [ track identifier ]

FreeBSD/Linux Kernel Cross Reference
sys/dev/sym/sym_hipd.c

Version: -  FREEBSD  -  FREEBSD-13-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-13-0  -  FREEBSD-12-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-12-0  -  FREEBSD-11-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-11-0  -  FREEBSD-10-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-10-0  -  FREEBSD-9-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-9-0  -  FREEBSD-8-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-8-0  -  FREEBSD-7-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-7-0  -  FREEBSD-6-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-6-0  -  FREEBSD-5-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-5-0  -  FREEBSD-4-STABLE  -  FREEBSD-3-STABLE  -  FREEBSD22  -  l41  -  OPENBSD  -  linux-2.6  -  MK84  -  PLAN9  -  xnu-8792 
SearchContext: -  none  -  3  -  10 

    1 /*-
    2  * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
    3  *
    4  *  Device driver optimized for the Symbios/LSI 53C896/53C895A/53C1010
    5  *  PCI-SCSI controllers.
    6  *
    7  *  Copyright (C) 1999-2001  Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr>
    8  *
    9  *  This driver also supports the following Symbios/LSI PCI-SCSI chips:
   10  *      53C810A, 53C825A, 53C860, 53C875, 53C876, 53C885, 53C895,
   11  *      53C810,  53C815,  53C825 and the 53C1510D is 53C8XX mode.
   12  *
   13  *
   14  *  This driver for FreeBSD-CAM is derived from the Linux sym53c8xx driver.
   15  *  Copyright (C) 1998-1999  Gerard Roudier
   16  *
   17  *  The sym53c8xx driver is derived from the ncr53c8xx driver that had been
   18  *  a port of the FreeBSD ncr driver to Linux-1.2.13.
   19  *
   20  *  The original ncr driver has been written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by
   21  *          Wolfgang Stanglmeier        <wolf@cologne.de>
   22  *          Stefan Esser                <se@mi.Uni-Koeln.de>
   23  *  Copyright (C) 1994  Wolfgang Stanglmeier
   24  *
   25  *  The initialisation code, and part of the code that addresses
   26  *  FreeBSD-CAM services is based on the aic7xxx driver for FreeBSD-CAM
   27  *  written by Justin T. Gibbs.
   28  *
   29  *  Other major contributions:
   30  *
   31  *  NVRAM detection and reading.
   32  *  Copyright (C) 1997 Richard Waltham <dormouse@farsrobt.demon.co.uk>
   33  *
   34  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   35  *
   36  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
   37  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
   38  * are met:
   39  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
   40  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
   41  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
   42  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
   43  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
   44  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
   45  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
   46  *
   47  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
   48  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
   49  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
   50  * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
   51  * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
   52  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
   53  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
   54  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
   55  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
   56  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
   57  * SUCH DAMAGE.
   58  */
   59 
   60 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
   61 __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
   62 
   63 #define SYM_DRIVER_NAME "sym-1.6.5-20000902"
   64 
   65 /* #define SYM_DEBUG_GENERIC_SUPPORT */
   66 
   67 #include <sys/param.h>
   68 
   69 /*
   70  *  Driver configuration options.
   71  */
   72 #include "opt_sym.h"
   73 #include <dev/sym/sym_conf.h>
   74 
   75 #include <sys/systm.h>
   76 #include <sys/malloc.h>
   77 #include <sys/endian.h>
   78 #include <sys/kernel.h>
   79 #include <sys/lock.h>
   80 #include <sys/mutex.h>
   81 #include <sys/module.h>
   82 #include <sys/bus.h>
   83 
   84 #include <sys/proc.h>
   85 
   86 #include <dev/pci/pcireg.h>
   87 #include <dev/pci/pcivar.h>
   88 
   89 #include <machine/bus.h>
   90 #include <machine/resource.h>
   91 #include <machine/atomic.h>
   92 
   93 #include <sys/rman.h>
   94 
   95 #include <cam/cam.h>
   96 #include <cam/cam_ccb.h>
   97 #include <cam/cam_sim.h>
   98 #include <cam/cam_xpt_sim.h>
   99 #include <cam/cam_debug.h>
  100 
  101 #include <cam/scsi/scsi_all.h>
  102 #include <cam/scsi/scsi_message.h>
  103 
  104 /* Short and quite clear integer types */
  105 typedef int8_t    s8;
  106 typedef int16_t   s16;
  107 typedef int32_t   s32;
  108 typedef u_int8_t  u8;
  109 typedef u_int16_t u16;
  110 typedef u_int32_t u32;
  111 
  112 /*
  113  *  Driver definitions.
  114  */
  115 #include <dev/sym/sym_defs.h>
  116 #include <dev/sym/sym_fw.h>
  117 
  118 /*
  119  *  IA32 architecture does not reorder STORES and prevents
  120  *  LOADS from passing STORES. It is called `program order'
  121  *  by Intel and allows device drivers to deal with memory
  122  *  ordering by only ensuring that the code is not reordered
  123  *  by the compiler when ordering is required.
  124  *  Other architectures implement a weaker ordering that
  125  *  requires memory barriers (and also IO barriers when they
  126  *  make sense) to be used.
  127  */
  128 #if     defined __i386__ || defined __amd64__
  129 #define MEMORY_BARRIER()        do { ; } while(0)
  130 #elif   defined __powerpc__
  131 #define MEMORY_BARRIER()        __asm__ volatile("eieio; sync" : : : "memory")
  132 #elif   defined __arm__
  133 #define MEMORY_BARRIER()        dmb()
  134 #elif   defined __aarch64__
  135 #define MEMORY_BARRIER()        dmb(sy)
  136 #elif   defined __riscv
  137 #define MEMORY_BARRIER()        fence()
  138 #else
  139 #error  "Not supported platform"
  140 #endif
  141 
  142 /*
  143  *  A la VMS/CAM-3 queue management.
  144  */
  145 typedef struct sym_quehead {
  146         struct sym_quehead *flink;      /* Forward  pointer */
  147         struct sym_quehead *blink;      /* Backward pointer */
  148 } SYM_QUEHEAD;
  149 
  150 #define sym_que_init(ptr) do { \
  151         (ptr)->flink = (ptr); (ptr)->blink = (ptr); \
  152 } while (0)
  153 
  154 static __inline void __sym_que_add(struct sym_quehead * new,
  155         struct sym_quehead * blink,
  156         struct sym_quehead * flink)
  157 {
  158         flink->blink    = new;
  159         new->flink      = flink;
  160         new->blink      = blink;
  161         blink->flink    = new;
  162 }
  163 
  164 static __inline void __sym_que_del(struct sym_quehead * blink,
  165         struct sym_quehead * flink)
  166 {
  167         flink->blink = blink;
  168         blink->flink = flink;
  169 }
  170 
  171 static __inline int sym_que_empty(struct sym_quehead *head)
  172 {
  173         return head->flink == head;
  174 }
  175 
  176 static __inline void sym_que_splice(struct sym_quehead *list,
  177         struct sym_quehead *head)
  178 {
  179         struct sym_quehead *first = list->flink;
  180 
  181         if (first != list) {
  182                 struct sym_quehead *last = list->blink;
  183                 struct sym_quehead *at   = head->flink;
  184 
  185                 first->blink = head;
  186                 head->flink  = first;
  187 
  188                 last->flink = at;
  189                 at->blink   = last;
  190         }
  191 }
  192 
  193 #define sym_que_entry(ptr, type, member) \
  194         ((type *)((char *)(ptr)-(size_t)(&((type *)0)->member)))
  195 
  196 #define sym_insque(new, pos)            __sym_que_add(new, pos, (pos)->flink)
  197 
  198 #define sym_remque(el)                  __sym_que_del((el)->blink, (el)->flink)
  199 
  200 #define sym_insque_head(new, head)      __sym_que_add(new, head, (head)->flink)
  201 
  202 static __inline struct sym_quehead *sym_remque_head(struct sym_quehead *head)
  203 {
  204         struct sym_quehead *elem = head->flink;
  205 
  206         if (elem != head)
  207                 __sym_que_del(head, elem->flink);
  208         else
  209                 elem = NULL;
  210         return elem;
  211 }
  212 
  213 #define sym_insque_tail(new, head)      __sym_que_add(new, (head)->blink, head)
  214 
  215 /*
  216  *  This one may be useful.
  217  */
  218 #define FOR_EACH_QUEUED_ELEMENT(head, qp) \
  219         for (qp = (head)->flink; qp != (head); qp = qp->flink)
  220 /*
  221  *  FreeBSD does not offer our kind of queue in the CAM CCB.
  222  *  So, we have to cast.
  223  */
  224 #define sym_qptr(p)     ((struct sym_quehead *) (p))
  225 
  226 /*
  227  *  Simple bitmap operations.
  228  */
  229 #define sym_set_bit(p, n)       (((u32 *)(p))[(n)>>5] |=  (1<<((n)&0x1f)))
  230 #define sym_clr_bit(p, n)       (((u32 *)(p))[(n)>>5] &= ~(1<<((n)&0x1f)))
  231 #define sym_is_bit(p, n)        (((u32 *)(p))[(n)>>5] &   (1<<((n)&0x1f)))
  232 
  233 /*
  234  *  Number of tasks per device we want to handle.
  235  */
  236 #if     SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG_ORDER > 8
  237 #error  "more than 256 tags per logical unit not allowed."
  238 #endif
  239 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK       (1<<SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG_ORDER)
  240 
  241 /*
  242  *  Donnot use more tasks that we can handle.
  243  */
  244 #ifndef SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG
  245 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG        SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK
  246 #endif
  247 #if     SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG > SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK
  248 #undef  SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG
  249 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_TAG        SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK
  250 #endif
  251 
  252 /*
  253  *    This one means 'NO TAG for this job'
  254  */
  255 #define NO_TAG  (256)
  256 
  257 /*
  258  *  Number of SCSI targets.
  259  */
  260 #if     SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET > 16
  261 #error  "more than 16 targets not allowed."
  262 #endif
  263 
  264 /*
  265  *  Number of logical units per target.
  266  */
  267 #if     SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN > 64
  268 #error  "more than 64 logical units per target not allowed."
  269 #endif
  270 
  271 /*
  272  *    Asynchronous pre-scaler (ns). Shall be 40 for
  273  *    the SCSI timings to be compliant.
  274  */
  275 #define SYM_CONF_MIN_ASYNC (40)
  276 
  277 /*
  278  *  Number of entries in the START and DONE queues.
  279  *
  280  *  We limit to 1 PAGE in order to succeed allocation of
  281  *  these queues. Each entry is 8 bytes long (2 DWORDS).
  282  */
  283 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_MAX_START
  284 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE (SYM_CONF_MAX_START+2)
  285 #else
  286 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE (7*SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK+2)
  287 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_START (SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE-2)
  288 #endif
  289 
  290 #if     SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE > PAGE_SIZE/8
  291 #undef  SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE
  292 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE   PAGE_SIZE/8
  293 #undef  SYM_CONF_MAX_START
  294 #define SYM_CONF_MAX_START (SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE-2)
  295 #endif
  296 
  297 /*
  298  *  For this one, we want a short name :-)
  299  */
  300 #define MAX_QUEUE       SYM_CONF_MAX_QUEUE
  301 
  302 /*
  303  *  Active debugging tags and verbosity.
  304  */
  305 #define DEBUG_ALLOC     (0x0001)
  306 #define DEBUG_PHASE     (0x0002)
  307 #define DEBUG_POLL      (0x0004)
  308 #define DEBUG_QUEUE     (0x0008)
  309 #define DEBUG_RESULT    (0x0010)
  310 #define DEBUG_SCATTER   (0x0020)
  311 #define DEBUG_SCRIPT    (0x0040)
  312 #define DEBUG_TINY      (0x0080)
  313 #define DEBUG_TIMING    (0x0100)
  314 #define DEBUG_NEGO      (0x0200)
  315 #define DEBUG_TAGS      (0x0400)
  316 #define DEBUG_POINTER   (0x0800)
  317 
  318 #if 0
  319 static int sym_debug = 0;
  320         #define DEBUG_FLAGS sym_debug
  321 #else
  322 /*      #define DEBUG_FLAGS (0x0631) */
  323         #define DEBUG_FLAGS (0x0000)
  324 
  325 #endif
  326 #define sym_verbose     (np->verbose)
  327 
  328 /*
  329  *  Insert a delay in micro-seconds and milli-seconds.
  330  */
  331 static void UDELAY(int us) { DELAY(us); }
  332 static void MDELAY(int ms) { while (ms--) UDELAY(1000); }
  333 
  334 /*
  335  *  Simple power of two buddy-like allocator.
  336  *
  337  *  This simple code is not intended to be fast, but to
  338  *  provide power of 2 aligned memory allocations.
  339  *  Since the SCRIPTS processor only supplies 8 bit arithmetic,
  340  *  this allocator allows simple and fast address calculations
  341  *  from the SCRIPTS code. In addition, cache line alignment
  342  *  is guaranteed for power of 2 cache line size.
  343  *
  344  *  This allocator has been developed for the Linux sym53c8xx
  345  *  driver, since this O/S does not provide naturally aligned
  346  *  allocations.
  347  *  It has the advantage of allowing the driver to use private
  348  *  pages of memory that will be useful if we ever need to deal
  349  *  with IO MMUs for PCI.
  350  */
  351 #define MEMO_SHIFT      4       /* 16 bytes minimum memory chunk */
  352 #define MEMO_PAGE_ORDER 0       /* 1 PAGE  maximum */
  353 #if 0
  354 #define MEMO_FREE_UNUSED        /* Free unused pages immediately */
  355 #endif
  356 #define MEMO_WARN       1
  357 #define MEMO_CLUSTER_SHIFT      (PAGE_SHIFT+MEMO_PAGE_ORDER)
  358 #define MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE       (1UL << MEMO_CLUSTER_SHIFT)
  359 #define MEMO_CLUSTER_MASK       (MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE-1)
  360 
  361 #define get_pages()             malloc(MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE, M_DEVBUF, M_NOWAIT)
  362 #define free_pages(p)           free((p), M_DEVBUF)
  363 
  364 typedef u_long m_addr_t;        /* Enough bits to bit-hack addresses */
  365 
  366 typedef struct m_link {         /* Link between free memory chunks */
  367         struct m_link *next;
  368 } m_link_s;
  369 
  370 typedef struct m_vtob {         /* Virtual to Bus address translation */
  371         struct m_vtob   *next;
  372         bus_dmamap_t    dmamap; /* Map for this chunk */
  373         m_addr_t        vaddr;  /* Virtual address */
  374         m_addr_t        baddr;  /* Bus physical address */
  375 } m_vtob_s;
  376 /* Hash this stuff a bit to speed up translations */
  377 #define VTOB_HASH_SHIFT         5
  378 #define VTOB_HASH_SIZE          (1UL << VTOB_HASH_SHIFT)
  379 #define VTOB_HASH_MASK          (VTOB_HASH_SIZE-1)
  380 #define VTOB_HASH_CODE(m)       \
  381         ((((m_addr_t) (m)) >> MEMO_CLUSTER_SHIFT) & VTOB_HASH_MASK)
  382 
  383 typedef struct m_pool {         /* Memory pool of a given kind */
  384         bus_dma_tag_t    dev_dmat;      /* Identifies the pool */
  385         bus_dma_tag_t    dmat;          /* Tag for our fixed allocations */
  386         m_addr_t (*getp)(struct m_pool *);
  387 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  388         void (*freep)(struct m_pool *, m_addr_t);
  389 #endif
  390 #define M_GETP()                mp->getp(mp)
  391 #define M_FREEP(p)              mp->freep(mp, p)
  392         int nump;
  393         m_vtob_s *(vtob[VTOB_HASH_SIZE]);
  394         struct m_pool *next;
  395         struct m_link h[MEMO_CLUSTER_SHIFT - MEMO_SHIFT + 1];
  396 } m_pool_s;
  397 
  398 static void *___sym_malloc(m_pool_s *mp, int size)
  399 {
  400         int i = 0;
  401         int s = (1 << MEMO_SHIFT);
  402         int j;
  403         m_addr_t a;
  404         m_link_s *h = mp->h;
  405 
  406         if (size > MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE)
  407                 return NULL;
  408 
  409         while (size > s) {
  410                 s <<= 1;
  411                 ++i;
  412         }
  413 
  414         j = i;
  415         while (!h[j].next) {
  416                 if (s == MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE) {
  417                         h[j].next = (m_link_s *) M_GETP();
  418                         if (h[j].next)
  419                                 h[j].next->next = NULL;
  420                         break;
  421                 }
  422                 ++j;
  423                 s <<= 1;
  424         }
  425         a = (m_addr_t) h[j].next;
  426         if (a) {
  427                 h[j].next = h[j].next->next;
  428                 while (j > i) {
  429                         j -= 1;
  430                         s >>= 1;
  431                         h[j].next = (m_link_s *) (a+s);
  432                         h[j].next->next = NULL;
  433                 }
  434         }
  435 #ifdef DEBUG
  436         printf("___sym_malloc(%d) = %p\n", size, (void *) a);
  437 #endif
  438         return (void *) a;
  439 }
  440 
  441 static void ___sym_mfree(m_pool_s *mp, void *ptr, int size)
  442 {
  443         int i = 0;
  444         int s = (1 << MEMO_SHIFT);
  445         m_link_s *q;
  446         m_addr_t a, b;
  447         m_link_s *h = mp->h;
  448 
  449 #ifdef DEBUG
  450         printf("___sym_mfree(%p, %d)\n", ptr, size);
  451 #endif
  452 
  453         if (size > MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE)
  454                 return;
  455 
  456         while (size > s) {
  457                 s <<= 1;
  458                 ++i;
  459         }
  460 
  461         a = (m_addr_t) ptr;
  462 
  463         while (1) {
  464 #ifdef MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  465                 if (s == MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE) {
  466                         M_FREEP(a);
  467                         break;
  468                 }
  469 #endif
  470                 b = a ^ s;
  471                 q = &h[i];
  472                 while (q->next && q->next != (m_link_s *) b) {
  473                         q = q->next;
  474                 }
  475                 if (!q->next) {
  476                         ((m_link_s *) a)->next = h[i].next;
  477                         h[i].next = (m_link_s *) a;
  478                         break;
  479                 }
  480                 q->next = q->next->next;
  481                 a = a & b;
  482                 s <<= 1;
  483                 ++i;
  484         }
  485 }
  486 
  487 static void *__sym_calloc2(m_pool_s *mp, int size, char *name, int uflags)
  488 {
  489         void *p;
  490 
  491         p = ___sym_malloc(mp, size);
  492 
  493         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_ALLOC)
  494                 printf ("new %-10s[%4d] @%p.\n", name, size, p);
  495 
  496         if (p)
  497                 bzero(p, size);
  498         else if (uflags & MEMO_WARN)
  499                 printf ("__sym_calloc2: failed to allocate %s[%d]\n", name, size);
  500 
  501         return p;
  502 }
  503 
  504 #define __sym_calloc(mp, s, n)  __sym_calloc2(mp, s, n, MEMO_WARN)
  505 
  506 static void __sym_mfree(m_pool_s *mp, void *ptr, int size, char *name)
  507 {
  508         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_ALLOC)
  509                 printf ("freeing %-10s[%4d] @%p.\n", name, size, ptr);
  510 
  511         ___sym_mfree(mp, ptr, size);
  512 
  513 }
  514 
  515 /*
  516  * Default memory pool we donnot need to involve in DMA.
  517  */
  518 /*
  519  * With the `bus dma abstraction', we use a separate pool for
  520  * memory we donnot need to involve in DMA.
  521  */
  522 static m_addr_t ___mp0_getp(m_pool_s *mp)
  523 {
  524         m_addr_t m = (m_addr_t) get_pages();
  525         if (m)
  526                 ++mp->nump;
  527         return m;
  528 }
  529 
  530 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  531 static void ___mp0_freep(m_pool_s *mp, m_addr_t m)
  532 {
  533         free_pages(m);
  534         --mp->nump;
  535 }
  536 #endif
  537 
  538 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  539 static m_pool_s mp0 = {0, 0, ___mp0_getp, ___mp0_freep};
  540 #else
  541 static m_pool_s mp0 = {0, 0, ___mp0_getp};
  542 #endif
  543 
  544 /*
  545  * Actual memory allocation routine for non-DMAed memory.
  546  */
  547 static void *sym_calloc(int size, char *name)
  548 {
  549         void *m;
  550         /* Lock */
  551         m = __sym_calloc(&mp0, size, name);
  552         /* Unlock */
  553         return m;
  554 }
  555 
  556 /*
  557  * Actual memory allocation routine for non-DMAed memory.
  558  */
  559 static void sym_mfree(void *ptr, int size, char *name)
  560 {
  561         /* Lock */
  562         __sym_mfree(&mp0, ptr, size, name);
  563         /* Unlock */
  564 }
  565 
  566 /*
  567  * DMAable pools.
  568  */
  569 /*
  570  * With `bus dma abstraction', we use a separate pool per parent
  571  * BUS handle. A reverse table (hashed) is maintained for virtual
  572  * to BUS address translation.
  573  */
  574 static void getbaddrcb(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *segs, int nseg, int error)
  575 {
  576         bus_addr_t *baddr;
  577 
  578         KASSERT(nseg == 1, ("%s: too many DMA segments (%d)", __func__, nseg));
  579 
  580         baddr = (bus_addr_t *)arg;
  581         if (error)
  582                 *baddr = 0;
  583         else
  584                 *baddr = segs->ds_addr;
  585 }
  586 
  587 static m_addr_t ___dma_getp(m_pool_s *mp)
  588 {
  589         m_vtob_s *vbp;
  590         void *vaddr = NULL;
  591         bus_addr_t baddr = 0;
  592 
  593         vbp = __sym_calloc(&mp0, sizeof(*vbp), "VTOB");
  594         if (!vbp)
  595                 goto out_err;
  596 
  597         if (bus_dmamem_alloc(mp->dmat, &vaddr,
  598                         BUS_DMA_COHERENT | BUS_DMA_WAITOK, &vbp->dmamap))
  599                 goto out_err;
  600         bus_dmamap_load(mp->dmat, vbp->dmamap, vaddr,
  601                         MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE, getbaddrcb, &baddr, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT);
  602         if (baddr) {
  603                 int hc = VTOB_HASH_CODE(vaddr);
  604                 vbp->vaddr = (m_addr_t) vaddr;
  605                 vbp->baddr = (m_addr_t) baddr;
  606                 vbp->next = mp->vtob[hc];
  607                 mp->vtob[hc] = vbp;
  608                 ++mp->nump;
  609                 return (m_addr_t) vaddr;
  610         }
  611 out_err:
  612         if (vaddr)
  613                 bus_dmamem_free(mp->dmat, vaddr, vbp->dmamap);
  614         if (vbp)
  615                 __sym_mfree(&mp0, vbp, sizeof(*vbp), "VTOB");
  616         return 0;
  617 }
  618 
  619 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  620 static void ___dma_freep(m_pool_s *mp, m_addr_t m)
  621 {
  622         m_vtob_s **vbpp, *vbp;
  623         int hc = VTOB_HASH_CODE(m);
  624 
  625         vbpp = &mp->vtob[hc];
  626         while (*vbpp && (*vbpp)->vaddr != m)
  627                 vbpp = &(*vbpp)->next;
  628         if (*vbpp) {
  629                 vbp = *vbpp;
  630                 *vbpp = (*vbpp)->next;
  631                 bus_dmamap_unload(mp->dmat, vbp->dmamap);
  632                 bus_dmamem_free(mp->dmat, (void *) vbp->vaddr, vbp->dmamap);
  633                 __sym_mfree(&mp0, vbp, sizeof(*vbp), "VTOB");
  634                 --mp->nump;
  635         }
  636 }
  637 #endif
  638 
  639 static __inline m_pool_s *___get_dma_pool(bus_dma_tag_t dev_dmat)
  640 {
  641         m_pool_s *mp;
  642         for (mp = mp0.next; mp && mp->dev_dmat != dev_dmat; mp = mp->next);
  643         return mp;
  644 }
  645 
  646 static m_pool_s *___cre_dma_pool(bus_dma_tag_t dev_dmat)
  647 {
  648         m_pool_s *mp = NULL;
  649 
  650         mp = __sym_calloc(&mp0, sizeof(*mp), "MPOOL");
  651         if (mp) {
  652                 mp->dev_dmat = dev_dmat;
  653                 if (!bus_dma_tag_create(dev_dmat, 1, MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE,
  654                                BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_32BIT,
  655                                BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR,
  656                                NULL, NULL, MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE, 1,
  657                                MEMO_CLUSTER_SIZE, 0,
  658                                NULL, NULL, &mp->dmat)) {
  659                         mp->getp = ___dma_getp;
  660 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  661                         mp->freep = ___dma_freep;
  662 #endif
  663                         mp->next = mp0.next;
  664                         mp0.next = mp;
  665                         return mp;
  666                 }
  667         }
  668         if (mp)
  669                 __sym_mfree(&mp0, mp, sizeof(*mp), "MPOOL");
  670         return NULL;
  671 }
  672 
  673 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  674 static void ___del_dma_pool(m_pool_s *p)
  675 {
  676         struct m_pool **pp = &mp0.next;
  677 
  678         while (*pp && *pp != p)
  679                 pp = &(*pp)->next;
  680         if (*pp) {
  681                 *pp = (*pp)->next;
  682                 bus_dma_tag_destroy(p->dmat);
  683                 __sym_mfree(&mp0, p, sizeof(*p), "MPOOL");
  684         }
  685 }
  686 #endif
  687 
  688 static void *__sym_calloc_dma(bus_dma_tag_t dev_dmat, int size, char *name)
  689 {
  690         struct m_pool *mp;
  691         void *m = NULL;
  692 
  693         /* Lock */
  694         mp = ___get_dma_pool(dev_dmat);
  695         if (!mp)
  696                 mp = ___cre_dma_pool(dev_dmat);
  697         if (mp)
  698                 m = __sym_calloc(mp, size, name);
  699 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  700         if (mp && !mp->nump)
  701                 ___del_dma_pool(mp);
  702 #endif
  703         /* Unlock */
  704 
  705         return m;
  706 }
  707 
  708 static void
  709 __sym_mfree_dma(bus_dma_tag_t dev_dmat, void *m, int size, char *name)
  710 {
  711         struct m_pool *mp;
  712 
  713         /* Lock */
  714         mp = ___get_dma_pool(dev_dmat);
  715         if (mp)
  716                 __sym_mfree(mp, m, size, name);
  717 #ifdef  MEMO_FREE_UNUSED
  718         if (mp && !mp->nump)
  719                 ___del_dma_pool(mp);
  720 #endif
  721         /* Unlock */
  722 }
  723 
  724 static m_addr_t __vtobus(bus_dma_tag_t dev_dmat, void *m)
  725 {
  726         m_pool_s *mp;
  727         int hc = VTOB_HASH_CODE(m);
  728         m_vtob_s *vp = NULL;
  729         m_addr_t a = ((m_addr_t) m) & ~MEMO_CLUSTER_MASK;
  730 
  731         /* Lock */
  732         mp = ___get_dma_pool(dev_dmat);
  733         if (mp) {
  734                 vp = mp->vtob[hc];
  735                 while (vp && (m_addr_t) vp->vaddr != a)
  736                         vp = vp->next;
  737         }
  738         /* Unlock */
  739         if (!vp)
  740                 panic("sym: VTOBUS FAILED!\n");
  741         return vp ? vp->baddr + (((m_addr_t) m) - a) : 0;
  742 }
  743 
  744 /*
  745  * Verbs for DMAable memory handling.
  746  * The _uvptv_ macro avoids a nasty warning about pointer to volatile
  747  * being discarded.
  748  */
  749 #define _uvptv_(p) ((void *)((vm_offset_t)(p)))
  750 #define _sym_calloc_dma(np, s, n)       __sym_calloc_dma(np->bus_dmat, s, n)
  751 #define _sym_mfree_dma(np, p, s, n)     \
  752                                 __sym_mfree_dma(np->bus_dmat, _uvptv_(p), s, n)
  753 #define sym_calloc_dma(s, n)            _sym_calloc_dma(np, s, n)
  754 #define sym_mfree_dma(p, s, n)          _sym_mfree_dma(np, p, s, n)
  755 #define _vtobus(np, p)                  __vtobus(np->bus_dmat, _uvptv_(p))
  756 #define vtobus(p)                       _vtobus(np, p)
  757 
  758 /*
  759  *  Print a buffer in hexadecimal format.
  760  */
  761 static void sym_printb_hex (u_char *p, int n)
  762 {
  763         while (n-- > 0)
  764                 printf (" %x", *p++);
  765 }
  766 
  767 /*
  768  *  Same with a label at beginning and .\n at end.
  769  */
  770 static void sym_printl_hex (char *label, u_char *p, int n)
  771 {
  772         printf ("%s", label);
  773         sym_printb_hex (p, n);
  774         printf (".\n");
  775 }
  776 
  777 /*
  778  *  Return a string for SCSI BUS mode.
  779  */
  780 static const char *sym_scsi_bus_mode(int mode)
  781 {
  782         switch(mode) {
  783         case SMODE_HVD: return "HVD";
  784         case SMODE_SE:  return "SE";
  785         case SMODE_LVD: return "LVD";
  786         }
  787         return "??";
  788 }
  789 
  790 /*
  791  *  Some poor and bogus sync table that refers to Tekram NVRAM layout.
  792  */
  793 #ifdef SYM_CONF_NVRAM_SUPPORT
  794 static const u_char Tekram_sync[16] =
  795         {25,31,37,43, 50,62,75,125, 12,15,18,21, 6,7,9,10};
  796 #endif
  797 
  798 /*
  799  *  Union of supported NVRAM formats.
  800  */
  801 struct sym_nvram {
  802         int type;
  803 #define SYM_SYMBIOS_NVRAM       (1)
  804 #define SYM_TEKRAM_NVRAM        (2)
  805 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_NVRAM_SUPPORT
  806         union {
  807                 Symbios_nvram Symbios;
  808                 Tekram_nvram Tekram;
  809         } data;
  810 #endif
  811 };
  812 
  813 /*
  814  *  This one is hopefully useless, but actually useful. :-)
  815  */
  816 #ifndef assert
  817 #define assert(expression) { \
  818         if (!(expression)) { \
  819                 (void)panic( \
  820                         "assertion \"%s\" failed: file \"%s\", line %d\n", \
  821                         #expression, \
  822                         __FILE__, __LINE__); \
  823         } \
  824 }
  825 #endif
  826 
  827 /*
  828  *  Some provision for a possible big endian mode supported by
  829  *  Symbios chips (never seen, by the way).
  830  *  For now, this stuff does not deserve any comments. :)
  831  */
  832 #define sym_offb(o)     (o)
  833 #define sym_offw(o)     (o)
  834 
  835 /*
  836  *  Some provision for support for BIG ENDIAN CPU.
  837  */
  838 #define cpu_to_scr(dw)  htole32(dw)
  839 #define scr_to_cpu(dw)  le32toh(dw)
  840 
  841 /*
  842  *  Access to the chip IO registers and on-chip RAM.
  843  *  We use the `bus space' interface under FreeBSD-4 and
  844  *  later kernel versions.
  845  */
  846 #if defined(SYM_CONF_IOMAPPED)
  847 
  848 #define INB_OFF(o)      bus_read_1(np->io_res, (o))
  849 #define INW_OFF(o)      bus_read_2(np->io_res, (o))
  850 #define INL_OFF(o)      bus_read_4(np->io_res, (o))
  851 
  852 #define OUTB_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_1(np->io_res, (o), (v))
  853 #define OUTW_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_2(np->io_res, (o), (v))
  854 #define OUTL_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_4(np->io_res, (o), (v))
  855 
  856 #else   /* Memory mapped IO */
  857 
  858 #define INB_OFF(o)      bus_read_1(np->mmio_res, (o))
  859 #define INW_OFF(o)      bus_read_2(np->mmio_res, (o))
  860 #define INL_OFF(o)      bus_read_4(np->mmio_res, (o))
  861 
  862 #define OUTB_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_1(np->mmio_res, (o), (v))
  863 #define OUTW_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_2(np->mmio_res, (o), (v))
  864 #define OUTL_OFF(o, v)  bus_write_4(np->mmio_res, (o), (v))
  865 
  866 #endif  /* SYM_CONF_IOMAPPED */
  867 
  868 #define OUTRAM_OFF(o, a, l)     \
  869         bus_write_region_1(np->ram_res, (o), (a), (l))
  870 
  871 /*
  872  *  Common definitions for both bus space and legacy IO methods.
  873  */
  874 #define INB(r)          INB_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r))
  875 #define INW(r)          INW_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r))
  876 #define INL(r)          INL_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r))
  877 
  878 #define OUTB(r, v)      OUTB_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r), (v))
  879 #define OUTW(r, v)      OUTW_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r), (v))
  880 #define OUTL(r, v)      OUTL_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg,r), (v))
  881 
  882 #define OUTONB(r, m)    OUTB(r, INB(r) | (m))
  883 #define OUTOFFB(r, m)   OUTB(r, INB(r) & ~(m))
  884 #define OUTONW(r, m)    OUTW(r, INW(r) | (m))
  885 #define OUTOFFW(r, m)   OUTW(r, INW(r) & ~(m))
  886 #define OUTONL(r, m)    OUTL(r, INL(r) | (m))
  887 #define OUTOFFL(r, m)   OUTL(r, INL(r) & ~(m))
  888 
  889 /*
  890  *  We normally want the chip to have a consistent view
  891  *  of driver internal data structures when we restart it.
  892  *  Thus these macros.
  893  */
  894 #define OUTL_DSP(v)                             \
  895         do {                                    \
  896                 MEMORY_BARRIER();               \
  897                 OUTL (nc_dsp, (v));             \
  898         } while (0)
  899 
  900 #define OUTONB_STD()                            \
  901         do {                                    \
  902                 MEMORY_BARRIER();               \
  903                 OUTONB (nc_dcntl, (STD|NOCOM)); \
  904         } while (0)
  905 
  906 /*
  907  *  Command control block states.
  908  */
  909 #define HS_IDLE         (0)
  910 #define HS_BUSY         (1)
  911 #define HS_NEGOTIATE    (2)     /* sync/wide data transfer*/
  912 #define HS_DISCONNECT   (3)     /* Disconnected by target */
  913 #define HS_WAIT         (4)     /* waiting for resource   */
  914 
  915 #define HS_DONEMASK     (0x80)
  916 #define HS_COMPLETE     (4|HS_DONEMASK)
  917 #define HS_SEL_TIMEOUT  (5|HS_DONEMASK) /* Selection timeout      */
  918 #define HS_UNEXPECTED   (6|HS_DONEMASK) /* Unexpected disconnect  */
  919 #define HS_COMP_ERR     (7|HS_DONEMASK) /* Completed with error   */
  920 
  921 /*
  922  *  Software Interrupt Codes
  923  */
  924 #define SIR_BAD_SCSI_STATUS     (1)
  925 #define SIR_SEL_ATN_NO_MSG_OUT  (2)
  926 #define SIR_MSG_RECEIVED        (3)
  927 #define SIR_MSG_WEIRD           (4)
  928 #define SIR_NEGO_FAILED         (5)
  929 #define SIR_NEGO_PROTO          (6)
  930 #define SIR_SCRIPT_STOPPED      (7)
  931 #define SIR_REJECT_TO_SEND      (8)
  932 #define SIR_SWIDE_OVERRUN       (9)
  933 #define SIR_SODL_UNDERRUN       (10)
  934 #define SIR_RESEL_NO_MSG_IN     (11)
  935 #define SIR_RESEL_NO_IDENTIFY   (12)
  936 #define SIR_RESEL_BAD_LUN       (13)
  937 #define SIR_TARGET_SELECTED     (14)
  938 #define SIR_RESEL_BAD_I_T_L     (15)
  939 #define SIR_RESEL_BAD_I_T_L_Q   (16)
  940 #define SIR_ABORT_SENT          (17)
  941 #define SIR_RESEL_ABORTED       (18)
  942 #define SIR_MSG_OUT_DONE        (19)
  943 #define SIR_COMPLETE_ERROR      (20)
  944 #define SIR_DATA_OVERRUN        (21)
  945 #define SIR_BAD_PHASE           (22)
  946 #define SIR_MAX                 (22)
  947 
  948 /*
  949  *  Extended error bit codes.
  950  *  xerr_status field of struct sym_ccb.
  951  */
  952 #define XE_EXTRA_DATA   (1)     /* unexpected data phase         */
  953 #define XE_BAD_PHASE    (1<<1)  /* illegal phase (4/5)           */
  954 #define XE_PARITY_ERR   (1<<2)  /* unrecovered SCSI parity error */
  955 #define XE_SODL_UNRUN   (1<<3)  /* ODD transfer in DATA OUT phase */
  956 #define XE_SWIDE_OVRUN  (1<<4)  /* ODD transfer in DATA IN phase */
  957 
  958 /*
  959  *  Negotiation status.
  960  *  nego_status field of struct sym_ccb.
  961  */
  962 #define NS_SYNC         (1)
  963 #define NS_WIDE         (2)
  964 #define NS_PPR          (3)
  965 
  966 /*
  967  *  A CCB hashed table is used to retrieve CCB address
  968  *  from DSA value.
  969  */
  970 #define CCB_HASH_SHIFT          8
  971 #define CCB_HASH_SIZE           (1UL << CCB_HASH_SHIFT)
  972 #define CCB_HASH_MASK           (CCB_HASH_SIZE-1)
  973 #define CCB_HASH_CODE(dsa)      (((dsa) >> 9) & CCB_HASH_MASK)
  974 
  975 /*
  976  *  Device flags.
  977  */
  978 #define SYM_DISC_ENABLED        (1)
  979 #define SYM_TAGS_ENABLED        (1<<1)
  980 #define SYM_SCAN_BOOT_DISABLED  (1<<2)
  981 #define SYM_SCAN_LUNS_DISABLED  (1<<3)
  982 
  983 /*
  984  *  Host adapter miscellaneous flags.
  985  */
  986 #define SYM_AVOID_BUS_RESET     (1)
  987 #define SYM_SCAN_TARGETS_HILO   (1<<1)
  988 
  989 /*
  990  *  Device quirks.
  991  *  Some devices, for example the CHEETAH 2 LVD, disconnects without
  992  *  saving the DATA POINTER then reselects and terminates the IO.
  993  *  On reselection, the automatic RESTORE DATA POINTER makes the
  994  *  CURRENT DATA POINTER not point at the end of the IO.
  995  *  This behaviour just breaks our calculation of the residual.
  996  *  For now, we just force an AUTO SAVE on disconnection and will
  997  *  fix that in a further driver version.
  998  */
  999 #define SYM_QUIRK_AUTOSAVE 1
 1000 
 1001 /*
 1002  *  Misc.
 1003  */
 1004 #define SYM_LOCK()              mtx_lock(&np->mtx)
 1005 #define SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(_what)  mtx_assert(&np->mtx, (_what))
 1006 #define SYM_LOCK_DESTROY()      mtx_destroy(&np->mtx)
 1007 #define SYM_LOCK_INIT()         mtx_init(&np->mtx, "sym_lock", NULL, MTX_DEF)
 1008 #define SYM_LOCK_INITIALIZED()  mtx_initialized(&np->mtx)
 1009 #define SYM_UNLOCK()            mtx_unlock(&np->mtx)
 1010 
 1011 #define SYM_SNOOP_TIMEOUT (10000000)
 1012 #define SYM_PCI_IO      PCIR_BAR(0)
 1013 #define SYM_PCI_MMIO    PCIR_BAR(1)
 1014 #define SYM_PCI_RAM     PCIR_BAR(2)
 1015 #define SYM_PCI_RAM64   PCIR_BAR(3)
 1016 
 1017 /*
 1018  *  Back-pointer from the CAM CCB to our data structures.
 1019  */
 1020 #define sym_hcb_ptr     spriv_ptr0
 1021 /* #define sym_ccb_ptr  spriv_ptr1 */
 1022 
 1023 /*
 1024  *  We mostly have to deal with pointers.
 1025  *  Thus these typedef's.
 1026  */
 1027 typedef struct sym_tcb *tcb_p;
 1028 typedef struct sym_lcb *lcb_p;
 1029 typedef struct sym_ccb *ccb_p;
 1030 typedef struct sym_hcb *hcb_p;
 1031 
 1032 /*
 1033  *  Gather negotiable parameters value
 1034  */
 1035 struct sym_trans {
 1036         u8 scsi_version;
 1037         u8 spi_version;
 1038         u8 period;
 1039         u8 offset;
 1040         u8 width;
 1041         u8 options;     /* PPR options */
 1042 };
 1043 
 1044 struct sym_tinfo {
 1045         struct sym_trans current;
 1046         struct sym_trans goal;
 1047         struct sym_trans user;
 1048 };
 1049 
 1050 #define BUS_8_BIT       MSG_EXT_WDTR_BUS_8_BIT
 1051 #define BUS_16_BIT      MSG_EXT_WDTR_BUS_16_BIT
 1052 
 1053 /*
 1054  *  Global TCB HEADER.
 1055  *
 1056  *  Due to lack of indirect addressing on earlier NCR chips,
 1057  *  this substructure is copied from the TCB to a global
 1058  *  address after selection.
 1059  *  For SYMBIOS chips that support LOAD/STORE this copy is
 1060  *  not needed and thus not performed.
 1061  */
 1062 struct sym_tcbh {
 1063         /*
 1064          *  Scripts bus addresses of LUN table accessed from scripts.
 1065          *  LUN #0 is a special case, since multi-lun devices are rare,
 1066          *  and we we want to speed-up the general case and not waste
 1067          *  resources.
 1068          */
 1069         u32     luntbl_sa;      /* bus address of this table    */
 1070         u32     lun0_sa;        /* bus address of LCB #0        */
 1071         /*
 1072          *  Actual SYNC/WIDE IO registers value for this target.
 1073          *  'sval', 'wval' and 'uval' are read from SCRIPTS and
 1074          *  so have alignment constraints.
 1075          */
 1076 /**/   u_char  uval;           /* -> SCNTL4 register           */
 1077 /*1*/   u_char  sval;           /* -> SXFER  io register        */
 1078 /*2*/   u_char  filler1;
 1079 /*3*/   u_char  wval;           /* -> SCNTL3 io register        */
 1080 };
 1081 
 1082 /*
 1083  *  Target Control Block
 1084  */
 1085 struct sym_tcb {
 1086         /*
 1087          *  TCB header.
 1088          *  Assumed at offset 0.
 1089          */
 1090 /**/   struct sym_tcbh head;
 1091 
 1092         /*
 1093          *  LUN table used by the SCRIPTS processor.
 1094          *  An array of bus addresses is used on reselection.
 1095          */
 1096         u32     *luntbl;        /* LCBs bus address table       */
 1097 
 1098         /*
 1099          *  LUN table used by the C code.
 1100          */
 1101         lcb_p   lun0p;          /* LCB of LUN #0 (usual case)   */
 1102 #if SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN > 1
 1103         lcb_p   *lunmp;         /* Other LCBs [1..MAX_LUN]      */
 1104 #endif
 1105 
 1106         /*
 1107          *  Bitmap that tells about LUNs that succeeded at least
 1108          *  1 IO and therefore assumed to be a real device.
 1109          *  Avoid useless allocation of the LCB structure.
 1110          */
 1111         u32     lun_map[(SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN+31)/32];
 1112 
 1113         /*
 1114          *  Bitmap that tells about LUNs that haven't yet an LCB
 1115          *  allocated (not discovered or LCB allocation failed).
 1116          */
 1117         u32     busy0_map[(SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN+31)/32];
 1118 
 1119         /*
 1120          *  Transfer capabilities (SIP)
 1121          */
 1122         struct sym_tinfo tinfo;
 1123 
 1124         /*
 1125          * Keep track of the CCB used for the negotiation in order
 1126          * to ensure that only 1 negotiation is queued at a time.
 1127          */
 1128         ccb_p   nego_cp;        /* CCB used for the nego                */
 1129 
 1130         /*
 1131          *  Set when we want to reset the device.
 1132          */
 1133         u_char  to_reset;
 1134 
 1135         /*
 1136          *  Other user settable limits and options.
 1137          *  These limits are read from the NVRAM if present.
 1138          */
 1139         u_char  usrflags;
 1140         u_short usrtags;
 1141 };
 1142 
 1143 /*
 1144  *  Assert some alignments required by the chip.
 1145  */
 1146 CTASSERT(((offsetof(struct sym_reg, nc_sxfer) ^
 1147     offsetof(struct sym_tcb, head.sval)) &3) == 0);
 1148 CTASSERT(((offsetof(struct sym_reg, nc_scntl3) ^
 1149     offsetof(struct sym_tcb, head.wval)) &3) == 0);
 1150 
 1151 /*
 1152  *  Global LCB HEADER.
 1153  *
 1154  *  Due to lack of indirect addressing on earlier NCR chips,
 1155  *  this substructure is copied from the LCB to a global
 1156  *  address after selection.
 1157  *  For SYMBIOS chips that support LOAD/STORE this copy is
 1158  *  not needed and thus not performed.
 1159  */
 1160 struct sym_lcbh {
 1161         /*
 1162          *  SCRIPTS address jumped by SCRIPTS on reselection.
 1163          *  For not probed logical units, this address points to
 1164          *  SCRIPTS that deal with bad LU handling (must be at
 1165          *  offset zero of the LCB for that reason).
 1166          */
 1167 /**/   u32     resel_sa;
 1168 
 1169         /*
 1170          *  Task (bus address of a CCB) read from SCRIPTS that points
 1171          *  to the unique ITL nexus allowed to be disconnected.
 1172          */
 1173         u32     itl_task_sa;
 1174 
 1175         /*
 1176          *  Task table bus address (read from SCRIPTS).
 1177          */
 1178         u32     itlq_tbl_sa;
 1179 };
 1180 
 1181 /*
 1182  *  Logical Unit Control Block
 1183  */
 1184 struct sym_lcb {
 1185         /*
 1186          *  TCB header.
 1187          *  Assumed at offset 0.
 1188          */
 1189 /**/   struct sym_lcbh head;
 1190 
 1191         /*
 1192          *  Task table read from SCRIPTS that contains pointers to
 1193          *  ITLQ nexuses. The bus address read from SCRIPTS is
 1194          *  inside the header.
 1195          */
 1196         u32     *itlq_tbl;      /* Kernel virtual address       */
 1197 
 1198         /*
 1199          *  Busy CCBs management.
 1200          */
 1201         u_short busy_itlq;      /* Number of busy tagged CCBs   */
 1202         u_short busy_itl;       /* Number of busy untagged CCBs */
 1203 
 1204         /*
 1205          *  Circular tag allocation buffer.
 1206          */
 1207         u_short ia_tag;         /* Tag allocation index         */
 1208         u_short if_tag;         /* Tag release index            */
 1209         u_char  *cb_tags;       /* Circular tags buffer         */
 1210 
 1211         /*
 1212          *  Set when we want to clear all tasks.
 1213          */
 1214         u_char to_clear;
 1215 
 1216         /*
 1217          *  Capabilities.
 1218          */
 1219         u_char  user_flags;
 1220         u_char  current_flags;
 1221 };
 1222 
 1223 /*
 1224  *  Action from SCRIPTS on a task.
 1225  *  Is part of the CCB, but is also used separately to plug
 1226  *  error handling action to perform from SCRIPTS.
 1227  */
 1228 struct sym_actscr {
 1229         u32     start;          /* Jumped by SCRIPTS after selection    */
 1230         u32     restart;        /* Jumped by SCRIPTS on relection       */
 1231 };
 1232 
 1233 /*
 1234  *  Phase mismatch context.
 1235  *
 1236  *  It is part of the CCB and is used as parameters for the
 1237  *  DATA pointer. We need two contexts to handle correctly the
 1238  *  SAVED DATA POINTER.
 1239  */
 1240 struct sym_pmc {
 1241         struct  sym_tblmove sg; /* Updated interrupted SG block */
 1242         u32     ret;            /* SCRIPT return address        */
 1243 };
 1244 
 1245 /*
 1246  *  LUN control block lookup.
 1247  *  We use a direct pointer for LUN #0, and a table of
 1248  *  pointers which is only allocated for devices that support
 1249  *  LUN(s) > 0.
 1250  */
 1251 #if SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN <= 1
 1252 #define sym_lp(tp, lun) (!lun) ? (tp)->lun0p : 0
 1253 #else
 1254 #define sym_lp(tp, lun) \
 1255         (!lun) ? (tp)->lun0p : (tp)->lunmp ? (tp)->lunmp[(lun)] : 0
 1256 #endif
 1257 
 1258 /*
 1259  *  Status are used by the host and the script processor.
 1260  *
 1261  *  The last four bytes (status[4]) are copied to the
 1262  *  scratchb register (declared as scr0..scr3) just after the
 1263  *  select/reselect, and copied back just after disconnecting.
 1264  *  Inside the script the XX_REG are used.
 1265  */
 1266 
 1267 /*
 1268  *  Last four bytes (script)
 1269  */
 1270 #define  QU_REG scr0
 1271 #define  HS_REG scr1
 1272 #define  HS_PRT nc_scr1
 1273 #define  SS_REG scr2
 1274 #define  SS_PRT nc_scr2
 1275 #define  HF_REG scr3
 1276 #define  HF_PRT nc_scr3
 1277 
 1278 /*
 1279  *  Last four bytes (host)
 1280  */
 1281 #define  actualquirks  phys.head.status[0]
 1282 #define  host_status   phys.head.status[1]
 1283 #define  ssss_status   phys.head.status[2]
 1284 #define  host_flags    phys.head.status[3]
 1285 
 1286 /*
 1287  *  Host flags
 1288  */
 1289 #define HF_IN_PM0       1u
 1290 #define HF_IN_PM1       (1u<<1)
 1291 #define HF_ACT_PM       (1u<<2)
 1292 #define HF_DP_SAVED     (1u<<3)
 1293 #define HF_SENSE        (1u<<4)
 1294 #define HF_EXT_ERR      (1u<<5)
 1295 #define HF_DATA_IN      (1u<<6)
 1296 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 1297 #define HF_HINT_IARB    (1u<<7)
 1298 #endif
 1299 
 1300 /*
 1301  *  Global CCB HEADER.
 1302  *
 1303  *  Due to lack of indirect addressing on earlier NCR chips,
 1304  *  this substructure is copied from the ccb to a global
 1305  *  address after selection (or reselection) and copied back
 1306  *  before disconnect.
 1307  *  For SYMBIOS chips that support LOAD/STORE this copy is
 1308  *  not needed and thus not performed.
 1309  */
 1310 struct sym_ccbh {
 1311         /*
 1312          *  Start and restart SCRIPTS addresses (must be at 0).
 1313          */
 1314 /**/   struct sym_actscr go;
 1315 
 1316         /*
 1317          *  SCRIPTS jump address that deal with data pointers.
 1318          *  'savep' points to the position in the script responsible
 1319          *  for the actual transfer of data.
 1320          *  It's written on reception of a SAVE_DATA_POINTER message.
 1321          */
 1322         u32     savep;          /* Jump address to saved data pointer   */
 1323         u32     lastp;          /* SCRIPTS address at end of data       */
 1324         u32     goalp;          /* Not accessed for now from SCRIPTS    */
 1325 
 1326         /*
 1327          *  Status fields.
 1328          */
 1329         u8      status[4];
 1330 };
 1331 
 1332 /*
 1333  *  Data Structure Block
 1334  *
 1335  *  During execution of a ccb by the script processor, the
 1336  *  DSA (data structure address) register points to this
 1337  *  substructure of the ccb.
 1338  */
 1339 struct sym_dsb {
 1340         /*
 1341          *  CCB header.
 1342          *  Also assumed at offset 0 of the sym_ccb structure.
 1343          */
 1344 /**/   struct sym_ccbh head;
 1345 
 1346         /*
 1347          *  Phase mismatch contexts.
 1348          *  We need two to handle correctly the SAVED DATA POINTER.
 1349          *  MUST BOTH BE AT OFFSET < 256, due to using 8 bit arithmetic
 1350          *  for address calculation from SCRIPTS.
 1351          */
 1352         struct sym_pmc pm0;
 1353         struct sym_pmc pm1;
 1354 
 1355         /*
 1356          *  Table data for Script
 1357          */
 1358         struct sym_tblsel  select;
 1359         struct sym_tblmove smsg;
 1360         struct sym_tblmove smsg_ext;
 1361         struct sym_tblmove cmd;
 1362         struct sym_tblmove sense;
 1363         struct sym_tblmove wresid;
 1364         struct sym_tblmove data [SYM_CONF_MAX_SG];
 1365 };
 1366 
 1367 /*
 1368  *  Our Command Control Block
 1369  */
 1370 struct sym_ccb {
 1371         /*
 1372          *  This is the data structure which is pointed by the DSA
 1373          *  register when it is executed by the script processor.
 1374          *  It must be the first entry.
 1375          */
 1376         struct sym_dsb phys;
 1377 
 1378         /*
 1379          *  Pointer to CAM ccb and related stuff.
 1380          */
 1381         struct callout ch;      /* callout handle               */
 1382         union ccb *cam_ccb;     /* CAM scsiio ccb               */
 1383         u8      cdb_buf[16];    /* Copy of CDB                  */
 1384         u8      *sns_bbuf;      /* Bounce buffer for sense data */
 1385 #define SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN        sizeof(struct scsi_sense_data)
 1386         int     data_len;       /* Total data length            */
 1387         int     segments;       /* Number of SG segments        */
 1388 
 1389         /*
 1390          *  Miscellaneous status'.
 1391          */
 1392         u_char  nego_status;    /* Negotiation status           */
 1393         u_char  xerr_status;    /* Extended error flags         */
 1394         u32     extra_bytes;    /* Extraneous bytes transferred */
 1395 
 1396         /*
 1397          *  Message areas.
 1398          *  We prepare a message to be sent after selection.
 1399          *  We may use a second one if the command is rescheduled
 1400          *  due to CHECK_CONDITION or COMMAND TERMINATED.
 1401          *  Contents are IDENTIFY and SIMPLE_TAG.
 1402          *  While negotiating sync or wide transfer,
 1403          *  a SDTR or WDTR message is appended.
 1404          */
 1405         u_char  scsi_smsg [12];
 1406         u_char  scsi_smsg2[12];
 1407 
 1408         /*
 1409          *  Auto request sense related fields.
 1410          */
 1411         u_char  sensecmd[6];    /* Request Sense command        */
 1412         u_char  sv_scsi_status; /* Saved SCSI status            */
 1413         u_char  sv_xerr_status; /* Saved extended status        */
 1414         int     sv_resid;       /* Saved residual               */
 1415 
 1416         /*
 1417          *  Map for the DMA of user data.
 1418          */
 1419         void            *arg;   /* Argument for some callback   */
 1420         bus_dmamap_t    dmamap; /* DMA map for user data        */
 1421         u_char          dmamapped;
 1422 #define SYM_DMA_NONE    0
 1423 #define SYM_DMA_READ    1
 1424 #define SYM_DMA_WRITE   2
 1425         /*
 1426          *  Other fields.
 1427          */
 1428         u32     ccb_ba;         /* BUS address of this CCB      */
 1429         u_short tag;            /* Tag for this transfer        */
 1430                                 /*  NO_TAG means no tag         */
 1431         u_char  target;
 1432         u_char  lun;
 1433         ccb_p   link_ccbh;      /* Host adapter CCB hash chain  */
 1434         SYM_QUEHEAD
 1435                 link_ccbq;      /* Link to free/busy CCB queue  */
 1436         u32     startp;         /* Initial data pointer         */
 1437         int     ext_sg;         /* Extreme data pointer, used   */
 1438         int     ext_ofs;        /*  to calculate the residual.  */
 1439         u_char  to_abort;       /* Want this IO to be aborted   */
 1440 };
 1441 
 1442 #define CCB_BA(cp,lbl)  (cp->ccb_ba + offsetof(struct sym_ccb, lbl))
 1443 
 1444 /*
 1445  *  Host Control Block
 1446  */
 1447 struct sym_hcb {
 1448         struct mtx      mtx;
 1449 
 1450         /*
 1451          *  Global headers.
 1452          *  Due to poorness of addressing capabilities, earlier
 1453          *  chips (810, 815, 825) copy part of the data structures
 1454          *  (CCB, TCB and LCB) in fixed areas.
 1455          */
 1456 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1457         struct sym_ccbh ccb_head;
 1458         struct sym_tcbh tcb_head;
 1459         struct sym_lcbh lcb_head;
 1460 #endif
 1461         /*
 1462          *  Idle task and invalid task actions and
 1463          *  their bus addresses.
 1464          */
 1465         struct sym_actscr idletask, notask, bad_itl, bad_itlq;
 1466         vm_offset_t idletask_ba, notask_ba, bad_itl_ba, bad_itlq_ba;
 1467 
 1468         /*
 1469          *  Dummy lun table to protect us against target
 1470          *  returning bad lun number on reselection.
 1471          */
 1472         u32     *badluntbl;     /* Table physical address       */
 1473         u32     badlun_sa;      /* SCRIPT handler BUS address   */
 1474 
 1475         /*
 1476          *  Bus address of this host control block.
 1477          */
 1478         u32     hcb_ba;
 1479 
 1480         /*
 1481          *  Bit 32-63 of the on-chip RAM bus address in LE format.
 1482          *  The START_RAM64 script loads the MMRS and MMWS from this
 1483          *  field.
 1484          */
 1485         u32     scr_ram_seg;
 1486 
 1487         /*
 1488          *  Chip and controller indentification.
 1489          */
 1490         device_t device;
 1491 
 1492         /*
 1493          *  Initial value of some IO register bits.
 1494          *  These values are assumed to have been set by BIOS, and may
 1495          *  be used to probe adapter implementation differences.
 1496          */
 1497         u_char  sv_scntl0, sv_scntl3, sv_dmode, sv_dcntl, sv_ctest3, sv_ctest4,
 1498                 sv_ctest5, sv_gpcntl, sv_stest2, sv_stest4, sv_scntl4,
 1499                 sv_stest1;
 1500 
 1501         /*
 1502          *  Actual initial value of IO register bits used by the
 1503          *  driver. They are loaded at initialisation according to
 1504          *  features that are to be enabled/disabled.
 1505          */
 1506         u_char  rv_scntl0, rv_scntl3, rv_dmode, rv_dcntl, rv_ctest3, rv_ctest4,
 1507                 rv_ctest5, rv_stest2, rv_ccntl0, rv_ccntl1, rv_scntl4;
 1508 
 1509         /*
 1510          *  Target data.
 1511          */
 1512 #ifdef __amd64__
 1513         struct sym_tcb  *target;
 1514 #else
 1515         struct sym_tcb  target[SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET];
 1516 #endif
 1517 
 1518         /*
 1519          *  Target control block bus address array used by the SCRIPT
 1520          *  on reselection.
 1521          */
 1522         u32             *targtbl;
 1523         u32             targtbl_ba;
 1524 
 1525         /*
 1526          *  CAM SIM information for this instance.
 1527          */
 1528         struct          cam_sim  *sim;
 1529         struct          cam_path *path;
 1530 
 1531         /*
 1532          *  Allocated hardware resources.
 1533          */
 1534         struct resource *irq_res;
 1535         struct resource *io_res;
 1536         struct resource *mmio_res;
 1537         struct resource *ram_res;
 1538         int             ram_id;
 1539         void *intr;
 1540 
 1541         /*
 1542          *  Bus stuff.
 1543          *
 1544          *  My understanding of PCI is that all agents must share the
 1545          *  same addressing range and model.
 1546          *  But some hardware architecture guys provide complex and
 1547          *  brain-deaded stuff that makes shit.
 1548          *  This driver only support PCI compliant implementations and
 1549          *  deals with part of the BUS stuff complexity only to fit O/S
 1550          *  requirements.
 1551          */
 1552 
 1553         /*
 1554          *  DMA stuff.
 1555          */
 1556         bus_dma_tag_t   bus_dmat;       /* DMA tag from parent BUS      */
 1557         bus_dma_tag_t   data_dmat;      /* DMA tag for user data        */
 1558         /*
 1559          *  BUS addresses of the chip
 1560          */
 1561         vm_offset_t     mmio_ba;        /* MMIO BUS address             */
 1562         int             mmio_ws;        /* MMIO Window size             */
 1563 
 1564         vm_offset_t     ram_ba;         /* RAM BUS address              */
 1565         int             ram_ws;         /* RAM window size              */
 1566 
 1567         /*
 1568          *  SCRIPTS virtual and physical bus addresses.
 1569          *  'script'  is loaded in the on-chip RAM if present.
 1570          *  'scripth' stays in main memory for all chips except the
 1571          *  53C895A, 53C896 and 53C1010 that provide 8K on-chip RAM.
 1572          */
 1573         u_char          *scripta0;      /* Copies of script and scripth */
 1574         u_char          *scriptb0;      /* Copies of script and scripth */
 1575         vm_offset_t     scripta_ba;     /* Actual script and scripth    */
 1576         vm_offset_t     scriptb_ba;     /*  bus addresses.              */
 1577         vm_offset_t     scriptb0_ba;
 1578         u_short         scripta_sz;     /* Actual size of script A      */
 1579         u_short         scriptb_sz;     /* Actual size of script B      */
 1580 
 1581         /*
 1582          *  Bus addresses, setup and patch methods for
 1583          *  the selected firmware.
 1584          */
 1585         struct sym_fwa_ba fwa_bas;      /* Useful SCRIPTA bus addresses */
 1586         struct sym_fwb_ba fwb_bas;      /* Useful SCRIPTB bus addresses */
 1587         void            (*fw_setup)(hcb_p np, const struct sym_fw *fw);
 1588         void            (*fw_patch)(hcb_p np);
 1589         const char      *fw_name;
 1590 
 1591         /*
 1592          *  General controller parameters and configuration.
 1593          */
 1594         u_short device_id;      /* PCI device id                */
 1595         u_char  revision_id;    /* PCI device revision id       */
 1596         u_int   features;       /* Chip features map            */
 1597         u_char  myaddr;         /* SCSI id of the adapter       */
 1598         u_char  maxburst;       /* log base 2 of dwords burst   */
 1599         u_char  maxwide;        /* Maximum transfer width       */
 1600         u_char  minsync;        /* Min sync period factor (ST)  */
 1601         u_char  maxsync;        /* Max sync period factor (ST)  */
 1602         u_char  maxoffs;        /* Max scsi offset        (ST)  */
 1603         u_char  minsync_dt;     /* Min sync period factor (DT)  */
 1604         u_char  maxsync_dt;     /* Max sync period factor (DT)  */
 1605         u_char  maxoffs_dt;     /* Max scsi offset        (DT)  */
 1606         u_char  multiplier;     /* Clock multiplier (1,2,4)     */
 1607         u_char  clock_divn;     /* Number of clock divisors     */
 1608         u32     clock_khz;      /* SCSI clock frequency in KHz  */
 1609         u32     pciclk_khz;     /* Estimated PCI clock  in KHz  */
 1610         /*
 1611          *  Start queue management.
 1612          *  It is filled up by the host processor and accessed by the
 1613          *  SCRIPTS processor in order to start SCSI commands.
 1614          */
 1615         volatile                /* Prevent code optimizations   */
 1616         u32     *squeue;        /* Start queue virtual address  */
 1617         u32     squeue_ba;      /* Start queue BUS address      */
 1618         u_short squeueput;      /* Next free slot of the queue  */
 1619         u_short actccbs;        /* Number of allocated CCBs     */
 1620 
 1621         /*
 1622          *  Command completion queue.
 1623          *  It is the same size as the start queue to avoid overflow.
 1624          */
 1625         u_short dqueueget;      /* Next position to scan        */
 1626         volatile                /* Prevent code optimizations   */
 1627         u32     *dqueue;        /* Completion (done) queue      */
 1628         u32     dqueue_ba;      /* Done queue BUS address       */
 1629 
 1630         /*
 1631          *  Miscellaneous buffers accessed by the scripts-processor.
 1632          *  They shall be DWORD aligned, because they may be read or
 1633          *  written with a script command.
 1634          */
 1635         u_char          msgout[8];      /* Buffer for MESSAGE OUT       */
 1636         u_char          msgin [8];      /* Buffer for MESSAGE IN        */
 1637         u32             lastmsg;        /* Last SCSI message sent       */
 1638         u_char          scratch;        /* Scratch for SCSI receive     */
 1639 
 1640         /*
 1641          *  Miscellaneous configuration and status parameters.
 1642          */
 1643         u_char          usrflags;       /* Miscellaneous user flags     */
 1644         u_char          scsi_mode;      /* Current SCSI BUS mode        */
 1645         u_char          verbose;        /* Verbosity for this controller*/
 1646         u32             cache;          /* Used for cache test at init. */
 1647 
 1648         /*
 1649          *  CCB lists and queue.
 1650          */
 1651         ccb_p ccbh[CCB_HASH_SIZE];      /* CCB hashed by DSA value      */
 1652         SYM_QUEHEAD     free_ccbq;      /* Queue of available CCBs      */
 1653         SYM_QUEHEAD     busy_ccbq;      /* Queue of busy CCBs           */
 1654 
 1655         /*
 1656          *  During error handling and/or recovery,
 1657          *  active CCBs that are to be completed with
 1658          *  error or requeued are moved from the busy_ccbq
 1659          *  to the comp_ccbq prior to completion.
 1660          */
 1661         SYM_QUEHEAD     comp_ccbq;
 1662 
 1663         /*
 1664          *  CAM CCB pending queue.
 1665          */
 1666         SYM_QUEHEAD     cam_ccbq;
 1667 
 1668         /*
 1669          *  IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION (IARB) control.
 1670          *
 1671          *  We keep track in 'last_cp' of the last CCB that has been
 1672          *  queued to the SCRIPTS processor and clear 'last_cp' when
 1673          *  this CCB completes. If last_cp is not zero at the moment
 1674          *  we queue a new CCB, we set a flag in 'last_cp' that is
 1675          *  used by the SCRIPTS as a hint for setting IARB.
 1676          *  We donnot set more than 'iarb_max' consecutive hints for
 1677          *  IARB in order to leave devices a chance to reselect.
 1678          *  By the way, any non zero value of 'iarb_max' is unfair. :)
 1679          */
 1680 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 1681         u_short         iarb_max;       /* Max. # consecutive IARB hints*/
 1682         u_short         iarb_count;     /* Actual # of these hints      */
 1683         ccb_p           last_cp;
 1684 #endif
 1685 
 1686         /*
 1687          *  Command abort handling.
 1688          *  We need to synchronize tightly with the SCRIPTS
 1689          *  processor in order to handle things correctly.
 1690          */
 1691         u_char          abrt_msg[4];    /* Message to send buffer       */
 1692         struct sym_tblmove abrt_tbl;    /* Table for the MOV of it      */
 1693         struct sym_tblsel  abrt_sel;    /* Sync params for selection    */
 1694         u_char          istat_sem;      /* Tells the chip to stop (SEM) */
 1695 };
 1696 
 1697 #define HCB_BA(np, lbl)     (np->hcb_ba      + offsetof(struct sym_hcb, lbl))
 1698 
 1699 /*
 1700  *  Return the name of the controller.
 1701  */
 1702 static __inline const char *sym_name(hcb_p np)
 1703 {
 1704         return device_get_nameunit(np->device);
 1705 }
 1706 
 1707 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 1708 /*------------------------------ FIRMWARES ---------------------------------*/
 1709 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 1710 
 1711 /*
 1712  *  This stuff will be moved to a separate source file when
 1713  *  the driver will be broken into several source modules.
 1714  */
 1715 
 1716 /*
 1717  *  Macros used for all firmwares.
 1718  */
 1719 #define SYM_GEN_A(s, label)     ((short) offsetof(s, label)),
 1720 #define SYM_GEN_B(s, label)     ((short) offsetof(s, label)),
 1721 #define PADDR_A(label)          SYM_GEN_PADDR_A(struct SYM_FWA_SCR, label)
 1722 #define PADDR_B(label)          SYM_GEN_PADDR_B(struct SYM_FWB_SCR, label)
 1723 
 1724 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1725 /*
 1726  *  Allocate firmware #1 script area.
 1727  */
 1728 #define SYM_FWA_SCR             sym_fw1a_scr
 1729 #define SYM_FWB_SCR             sym_fw1b_scr
 1730 #include <dev/sym/sym_fw1.h>
 1731 static const struct sym_fwa_ofs sym_fw1a_ofs = {
 1732         SYM_GEN_FW_A(struct SYM_FWA_SCR)
 1733 };
 1734 static const struct sym_fwb_ofs sym_fw1b_ofs = {
 1735         SYM_GEN_FW_B(struct SYM_FWB_SCR)
 1736 };
 1737 #undef  SYM_FWA_SCR
 1738 #undef  SYM_FWB_SCR
 1739 #endif  /* SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT */
 1740 
 1741 /*
 1742  *  Allocate firmware #2 script area.
 1743  */
 1744 #define SYM_FWA_SCR             sym_fw2a_scr
 1745 #define SYM_FWB_SCR             sym_fw2b_scr
 1746 #include <dev/sym/sym_fw2.h>
 1747 static const struct sym_fwa_ofs sym_fw2a_ofs = {
 1748         SYM_GEN_FW_A(struct SYM_FWA_SCR)
 1749 };
 1750 static const struct sym_fwb_ofs sym_fw2b_ofs = {
 1751         SYM_GEN_FW_B(struct SYM_FWB_SCR)
 1752         SYM_GEN_B(struct SYM_FWB_SCR, start64)
 1753         SYM_GEN_B(struct SYM_FWB_SCR, pm_handle)
 1754 };
 1755 #undef  SYM_FWA_SCR
 1756 #undef  SYM_FWB_SCR
 1757 
 1758 #undef  SYM_GEN_A
 1759 #undef  SYM_GEN_B
 1760 #undef  PADDR_A
 1761 #undef  PADDR_B
 1762 
 1763 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1764 /*
 1765  *  Patch routine for firmware #1.
 1766  */
 1767 static void
 1768 sym_fw1_patch(hcb_p np)
 1769 {
 1770         struct sym_fw1a_scr *scripta0;
 1771         struct sym_fw1b_scr *scriptb0;
 1772 
 1773         scripta0 = (struct sym_fw1a_scr *) np->scripta0;
 1774         scriptb0 = (struct sym_fw1b_scr *) np->scriptb0;
 1775 
 1776         /*
 1777          *  Remove LED support if not needed.
 1778          */
 1779         if (!(np->features & FE_LED0)) {
 1780                 scripta0->idle[0]       = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1781                 scripta0->reselected[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1782                 scripta0->start[0]      = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1783         }
 1784 
 1785 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 1786         /*
 1787          *    If user does not want to use IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION
 1788          *    when we are reselected while attempting to arbitrate,
 1789          *    patch the SCRIPTS accordingly with a SCRIPT NO_OP.
 1790          */
 1791         if (!SYM_CONF_SET_IARB_ON_ARB_LOST)
 1792                 scripta0->ungetjob[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1793 #endif
 1794         /*
 1795          *  Patch some data in SCRIPTS.
 1796          *  - start and done queue initial bus address.
 1797          *  - target bus address table bus address.
 1798          */
 1799         scriptb0->startpos[0]   = cpu_to_scr(np->squeue_ba);
 1800         scriptb0->done_pos[0]   = cpu_to_scr(np->dqueue_ba);
 1801         scriptb0->targtbl[0]    = cpu_to_scr(np->targtbl_ba);
 1802 }
 1803 #endif  /* SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT */
 1804 
 1805 /*
 1806  *  Patch routine for firmware #2.
 1807  */
 1808 static void
 1809 sym_fw2_patch(hcb_p np)
 1810 {
 1811         struct sym_fw2a_scr *scripta0;
 1812         struct sym_fw2b_scr *scriptb0;
 1813 
 1814         scripta0 = (struct sym_fw2a_scr *) np->scripta0;
 1815         scriptb0 = (struct sym_fw2b_scr *) np->scriptb0;
 1816 
 1817         /*
 1818          *  Remove LED support if not needed.
 1819          */
 1820         if (!(np->features & FE_LED0)) {
 1821                 scripta0->idle[0]       = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1822                 scripta0->reselected[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1823                 scripta0->start[0]      = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1824         }
 1825 
 1826 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 1827         /*
 1828          *    If user does not want to use IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION
 1829          *    when we are reselected while attempting to arbitrate,
 1830          *    patch the SCRIPTS accordingly with a SCRIPT NO_OP.
 1831          */
 1832         if (!SYM_CONF_SET_IARB_ON_ARB_LOST)
 1833                 scripta0->ungetjob[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1834 #endif
 1835         /*
 1836          *  Patch some variable in SCRIPTS.
 1837          *  - start and done queue initial bus address.
 1838          *  - target bus address table bus address.
 1839          */
 1840         scriptb0->startpos[0]   = cpu_to_scr(np->squeue_ba);
 1841         scriptb0->done_pos[0]   = cpu_to_scr(np->dqueue_ba);
 1842         scriptb0->targtbl[0]    = cpu_to_scr(np->targtbl_ba);
 1843 
 1844         /*
 1845          *  Remove the load of SCNTL4 on reselection if not a C10.
 1846          */
 1847         if (!(np->features & FE_C10)) {
 1848                 scripta0->resel_scntl4[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1849                 scripta0->resel_scntl4[1] = cpu_to_scr(0);
 1850         }
 1851 
 1852         /*
 1853          *  Remove a couple of work-arounds specific to C1010 if
 1854          *  they are not desirable. See `sym_fw2.h' for more details.
 1855          */
 1856         if (!(np->device_id == PCI_ID_LSI53C1010_2 &&
 1857               np->revision_id < 0x1 &&
 1858               np->pciclk_khz < 60000)) {
 1859                 scripta0->datao_phase[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1860                 scripta0->datao_phase[1] = cpu_to_scr(0);
 1861         }
 1862         if (!(np->device_id == PCI_ID_LSI53C1010 &&
 1863               /* np->revision_id < 0xff */ 1)) {
 1864                 scripta0->sel_done[0] = cpu_to_scr(SCR_NO_OP);
 1865                 scripta0->sel_done[1] = cpu_to_scr(0);
 1866         }
 1867 
 1868         /*
 1869          *  Patch some other variables in SCRIPTS.
 1870          *  These ones are loaded by the SCRIPTS processor.
 1871          */
 1872         scriptb0->pm0_data_addr[0] =
 1873                 cpu_to_scr(np->scripta_ba +
 1874                            offsetof(struct sym_fw2a_scr, pm0_data));
 1875         scriptb0->pm1_data_addr[0] =
 1876                 cpu_to_scr(np->scripta_ba +
 1877                            offsetof(struct sym_fw2a_scr, pm1_data));
 1878 }
 1879 
 1880 /*
 1881  *  Fill the data area in scripts.
 1882  *  To be done for all firmwares.
 1883  */
 1884 static void
 1885 sym_fw_fill_data (u32 *in, u32 *out)
 1886 {
 1887         int     i;
 1888 
 1889         for (i = 0; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_SG; i++) {
 1890                 *in++  = SCR_CHMOV_TBL ^ SCR_DATA_IN;
 1891                 *in++  = offsetof (struct sym_dsb, data[i]);
 1892                 *out++ = SCR_CHMOV_TBL ^ SCR_DATA_OUT;
 1893                 *out++ = offsetof (struct sym_dsb, data[i]);
 1894         }
 1895 }
 1896 
 1897 /*
 1898  *  Setup useful script bus addresses.
 1899  *  To be done for all firmwares.
 1900  */
 1901 static void
 1902 sym_fw_setup_bus_addresses(hcb_p np, const struct sym_fw *fw)
 1903 {
 1904         u32 *pa;
 1905         const u_short *po;
 1906         int i;
 1907 
 1908         /*
 1909          *  Build the bus address table for script A
 1910          *  from the script A offset table.
 1911          */
 1912         po = (const u_short *) fw->a_ofs;
 1913         pa = (u32 *) &np->fwa_bas;
 1914         for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(np->fwa_bas)/sizeof(u32) ; i++)
 1915                 pa[i] = np->scripta_ba + po[i];
 1916 
 1917         /*
 1918          *  Same for script B.
 1919          */
 1920         po = (const u_short *) fw->b_ofs;
 1921         pa = (u32 *) &np->fwb_bas;
 1922         for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(np->fwb_bas)/sizeof(u32) ; i++)
 1923                 pa[i] = np->scriptb_ba + po[i];
 1924 }
 1925 
 1926 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1927 /*
 1928  *  Setup routine for firmware #1.
 1929  */
 1930 static void
 1931 sym_fw1_setup(hcb_p np, const struct sym_fw *fw)
 1932 {
 1933         struct sym_fw1a_scr *scripta0;
 1934 
 1935         scripta0 = (struct sym_fw1a_scr *) np->scripta0;
 1936 
 1937         /*
 1938          *  Fill variable parts in scripts.
 1939          */
 1940         sym_fw_fill_data(scripta0->data_in, scripta0->data_out);
 1941 
 1942         /*
 1943          *  Setup bus addresses used from the C code..
 1944          */
 1945         sym_fw_setup_bus_addresses(np, fw);
 1946 }
 1947 #endif  /* SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT */
 1948 
 1949 /*
 1950  *  Setup routine for firmware #2.
 1951  */
 1952 static void
 1953 sym_fw2_setup(hcb_p np, const struct sym_fw *fw)
 1954 {
 1955         struct sym_fw2a_scr *scripta0;
 1956 
 1957         scripta0 = (struct sym_fw2a_scr *) np->scripta0;
 1958 
 1959         /*
 1960          *  Fill variable parts in scripts.
 1961          */
 1962         sym_fw_fill_data(scripta0->data_in, scripta0->data_out);
 1963 
 1964         /*
 1965          *  Setup bus addresses used from the C code..
 1966          */
 1967         sym_fw_setup_bus_addresses(np, fw);
 1968 }
 1969 
 1970 /*
 1971  *  Allocate firmware descriptors.
 1972  */
 1973 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1974 static const struct sym_fw sym_fw1 = SYM_FW_ENTRY(sym_fw1, "NCR-generic");
 1975 #endif  /* SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT */
 1976 static const struct sym_fw sym_fw2 = SYM_FW_ENTRY(sym_fw2, "LOAD/STORE-based");
 1977 
 1978 /*
 1979  *  Find the most appropriate firmware for a chip.
 1980  */
 1981 static const struct sym_fw *
 1982 sym_find_firmware(const struct sym_pci_chip *chip)
 1983 {
 1984         if (chip->features & FE_LDSTR)
 1985                 return &sym_fw2;
 1986 #ifdef  SYM_CONF_GENERIC_SUPPORT
 1987         else if (!(chip->features & (FE_PFEN|FE_NOPM|FE_DAC)))
 1988                 return &sym_fw1;
 1989 #endif
 1990         else
 1991                 return NULL;
 1992 }
 1993 
 1994 /*
 1995  *  Bind a script to physical addresses.
 1996  */
 1997 static void sym_fw_bind_script (hcb_p np, u32 *start, int len)
 1998 {
 1999         u32 opcode, new, old, tmp1, tmp2;
 2000         u32 *end, *cur;
 2001         int relocs;
 2002 
 2003         cur = start;
 2004         end = start + len/4;
 2005 
 2006         while (cur < end) {
 2007                 opcode = *cur;
 2008 
 2009                 /*
 2010                  *  If we forget to change the length
 2011                  *  in scripts, a field will be
 2012                  *  padded with 0. This is an illegal
 2013                  *  command.
 2014                  */
 2015                 if (opcode == 0) {
 2016                         printf ("%s: ERROR0 IN SCRIPT at %d.\n",
 2017                                 sym_name(np), (int) (cur-start));
 2018                         MDELAY (10000);
 2019                         ++cur;
 2020                         continue;
 2021                 }
 2022 
 2023                 /*
 2024                  *  We use the bogus value 0xf00ff00f ;-)
 2025                  *  to reserve data area in SCRIPTS.
 2026                  */
 2027                 if (opcode == SCR_DATA_ZERO) {
 2028                         *cur++ = 0;
 2029                         continue;
 2030                 }
 2031 
 2032                 if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_SCRIPT)
 2033                         printf ("%d:  <%x>\n", (int) (cur-start),
 2034                                 (unsigned)opcode);
 2035 
 2036                 /*
 2037                  *  We don't have to decode ALL commands
 2038                  */
 2039                 switch (opcode >> 28) {
 2040                 case 0xf:
 2041                         /*
 2042                          *  LOAD / STORE DSA relative, don't relocate.
 2043                          */
 2044                         relocs = 0;
 2045                         break;
 2046                 case 0xe:
 2047                         /*
 2048                          *  LOAD / STORE absolute.
 2049                          */
 2050                         relocs = 1;
 2051                         break;
 2052                 case 0xc:
 2053                         /*
 2054                          *  COPY has TWO arguments.
 2055                          */
 2056                         relocs = 2;
 2057                         tmp1 = cur[1];
 2058                         tmp2 = cur[2];
 2059                         if ((tmp1 ^ tmp2) & 3) {
 2060                                 printf ("%s: ERROR1 IN SCRIPT at %d.\n",
 2061                                         sym_name(np), (int) (cur-start));
 2062                                 MDELAY (10000);
 2063                         }
 2064                         /*
 2065                          *  If PREFETCH feature not enabled, remove
 2066                          *  the NO FLUSH bit if present.
 2067                          */
 2068                         if ((opcode & SCR_NO_FLUSH) &&
 2069                             !(np->features & FE_PFEN)) {
 2070                                 opcode = (opcode & ~SCR_NO_FLUSH);
 2071                         }
 2072                         break;
 2073                 case 0x0:
 2074                         /*
 2075                          *  MOVE/CHMOV (absolute address)
 2076                          */
 2077                         if (!(np->features & FE_WIDE))
 2078                                 opcode = (opcode | OPC_MOVE);
 2079                         relocs = 1;
 2080                         break;
 2081                 case 0x1:
 2082                         /*
 2083                          *  MOVE/CHMOV (table indirect)
 2084                          */
 2085                         if (!(np->features & FE_WIDE))
 2086                                 opcode = (opcode | OPC_MOVE);
 2087                         relocs = 0;
 2088                         break;
 2089                 case 0x8:
 2090                         /*
 2091                          *  JUMP / CALL
 2092                          *  dont't relocate if relative :-)
 2093                          */
 2094                         if (opcode & 0x00800000)
 2095                                 relocs = 0;
 2096                         else if ((opcode & 0xf8400000) == 0x80400000)/*JUMP64*/
 2097                                 relocs = 2;
 2098                         else
 2099                                 relocs = 1;
 2100                         break;
 2101                 case 0x4:
 2102                 case 0x5:
 2103                 case 0x6:
 2104                 case 0x7:
 2105                         relocs = 1;
 2106                         break;
 2107                 default:
 2108                         relocs = 0;
 2109                         break;
 2110                 }
 2111 
 2112                 /*
 2113                  *  Scriptify:) the opcode.
 2114                  */
 2115                 *cur++ = cpu_to_scr(opcode);
 2116 
 2117                 /*
 2118                  *  If no relocation, assume 1 argument
 2119                  *  and just scriptize:) it.
 2120                  */
 2121                 if (!relocs) {
 2122                         *cur = cpu_to_scr(*cur);
 2123                         ++cur;
 2124                         continue;
 2125                 }
 2126 
 2127                 /*
 2128                  *  Otherwise performs all needed relocations.
 2129                  */
 2130                 while (relocs--) {
 2131                         old = *cur;
 2132 
 2133                         switch (old & RELOC_MASK) {
 2134                         case RELOC_REGISTER:
 2135                                 new = (old & ~RELOC_MASK) + np->mmio_ba;
 2136                                 break;
 2137                         case RELOC_LABEL_A:
 2138                                 new = (old & ~RELOC_MASK) + np->scripta_ba;
 2139                                 break;
 2140                         case RELOC_LABEL_B:
 2141                                 new = (old & ~RELOC_MASK) + np->scriptb_ba;
 2142                                 break;
 2143                         case RELOC_SOFTC:
 2144                                 new = (old & ~RELOC_MASK) + np->hcb_ba;
 2145                                 break;
 2146                         case 0:
 2147                                 /*
 2148                                  *  Don't relocate a 0 address.
 2149                                  *  They are mostly used for patched or
 2150                                  *  script self-modified areas.
 2151                                  */
 2152                                 if (old == 0) {
 2153                                         new = old;
 2154                                         break;
 2155                                 }
 2156                                 /* fall through */
 2157                         default:
 2158                                 new = 0;
 2159                                 panic("sym_fw_bind_script: "
 2160                                       "weird relocation %x\n", old);
 2161                                 break;
 2162                         }
 2163 
 2164                         *cur++ = cpu_to_scr(new);
 2165                 }
 2166         }
 2167 }
 2168 
 2169 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 2170 /*--------------------------- END OF FIRMWARES  -----------------------------*/
 2171 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 2172 
 2173 /*
 2174  *  Function prototypes.
 2175  */
 2176 static void sym_save_initial_setting (hcb_p np);
 2177 static int  sym_prepare_setting (hcb_p np, struct sym_nvram *nvram);
 2178 static int  sym_prepare_nego (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, int nego, u_char *msgptr);
 2179 static void sym_put_start_queue (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2180 static void sym_chip_reset (hcb_p np);
 2181 static void sym_soft_reset (hcb_p np);
 2182 static void sym_start_reset (hcb_p np);
 2183 static int  sym_reset_scsi_bus (hcb_p np, int enab_int);
 2184 static int  sym_wakeup_done (hcb_p np);
 2185 static void sym_flush_busy_queue (hcb_p np, int cam_status);
 2186 static void sym_flush_comp_queue (hcb_p np, int cam_status);
 2187 static void sym_init (hcb_p np, int reason);
 2188 static int  sym_getsync(hcb_p np, u_char dt, u_char sfac, u_char *divp,
 2189                         u_char *fakp);
 2190 static void sym_setsync (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char ofs, u_char per,
 2191                          u_char div, u_char fak);
 2192 static void sym_setwide (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char wide);
 2193 static void sym_setpprot(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char dt, u_char ofs,
 2194                          u_char per, u_char wide, u_char div, u_char fak);
 2195 static void sym_settrans(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char dt, u_char ofs,
 2196                          u_char per, u_char wide, u_char div, u_char fak);
 2197 static void sym_log_hard_error (hcb_p np, u_short sist, u_char dstat);
 2198 static void sym_intr (void *arg);
 2199 static void sym_poll (struct cam_sim *sim);
 2200 static void sym_recover_scsi_int (hcb_p np, u_char hsts);
 2201 static void sym_int_sto (hcb_p np);
 2202 static void sym_int_udc (hcb_p np);
 2203 static void sym_int_sbmc (hcb_p np);
 2204 static void sym_int_par (hcb_p np, u_short sist);
 2205 static void sym_int_ma (hcb_p np);
 2206 static int  sym_dequeue_from_squeue(hcb_p np, int i, int target, int lun,
 2207                                     int task);
 2208 static void sym_sir_bad_scsi_status (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2209 static int  sym_clear_tasks (hcb_p np, int status, int targ, int lun, int task);
 2210 static void sym_sir_task_recovery (hcb_p np, int num);
 2211 static int  sym_evaluate_dp (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u32 scr, int *ofs);
 2212 static void sym_modify_dp(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, int ofs);
 2213 static int  sym_compute_residual (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2214 static int  sym_show_msg (u_char * msg);
 2215 static void sym_print_msg (ccb_p cp, char *label, u_char *msg);
 2216 static void sym_sync_nego (hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp);
 2217 static void sym_ppr_nego (hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp);
 2218 static void sym_wide_nego (hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp);
 2219 static void sym_nego_default (hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp);
 2220 static void sym_nego_rejected (hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp);
 2221 static void sym_int_sir (hcb_p np);
 2222 static void sym_free_ccb (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2223 static ccb_p sym_get_ccb (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln, u_char tag_order);
 2224 static ccb_p sym_alloc_ccb (hcb_p np);
 2225 static ccb_p sym_ccb_from_dsa (hcb_p np, u32 dsa);
 2226 static lcb_p sym_alloc_lcb (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln);
 2227 static void sym_alloc_lcb_tags (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln);
 2228 static int  sym_snooptest (hcb_p np);
 2229 static void sym_selectclock(hcb_p np, u_char scntl3);
 2230 static void sym_getclock (hcb_p np, int mult);
 2231 static int  sym_getpciclock (hcb_p np);
 2232 static void sym_complete_ok (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2233 static void sym_complete_error (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp);
 2234 static void sym_callout (void *arg);
 2235 static int  sym_abort_scsiio (hcb_p np, union ccb *ccb, int timed_out);
 2236 static void sym_reset_dev (hcb_p np, union ccb *ccb);
 2237 static void sym_action (struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb);
 2238 static int  sym_setup_cdb (hcb_p np, struct ccb_scsiio *csio, ccb_p cp);
 2239 static void sym_setup_data_and_start (hcb_p np, struct ccb_scsiio *csio,
 2240                                       ccb_p cp);
 2241 static int sym_fast_scatter_sg_physical(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp,
 2242                                         bus_dma_segment_t *psegs, int nsegs);
 2243 static int sym_scatter_sg_physical (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp,
 2244                                     bus_dma_segment_t *psegs, int nsegs);
 2245 static void sym_action2 (struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb);
 2246 static void sym_update_trans(hcb_p np, struct sym_trans *tip,
 2247                               struct ccb_trans_settings *cts);
 2248 static void sym_update_dflags(hcb_p np, u_char *flags,
 2249                               struct ccb_trans_settings *cts);
 2250 
 2251 static const struct sym_pci_chip *sym_find_pci_chip (device_t dev);
 2252 static int  sym_pci_probe (device_t dev);
 2253 static int  sym_pci_attach (device_t dev);
 2254 
 2255 static void sym_pci_free (hcb_p np);
 2256 static int  sym_cam_attach (hcb_p np);
 2257 static void sym_cam_free (hcb_p np);
 2258 
 2259 static void sym_nvram_setup_host (hcb_p np, struct sym_nvram *nvram);
 2260 static void sym_nvram_setup_target (hcb_p np, int targ, struct sym_nvram *nvp);
 2261 static int sym_read_nvram (hcb_p np, struct sym_nvram *nvp);
 2262 
 2263 /*
 2264  *  Print something which allows to retrieve the controller type,
 2265  *  unit, target, lun concerned by a kernel message.
 2266  */
 2267 static void PRINT_TARGET (hcb_p np, int target)
 2268 {
 2269         printf ("%s:%d:", sym_name(np), target);
 2270 }
 2271 
 2272 static void PRINT_LUN(hcb_p np, int target, int lun)
 2273 {
 2274         printf ("%s:%d:%d:", sym_name(np), target, lun);
 2275 }
 2276 
 2277 static void PRINT_ADDR (ccb_p cp)
 2278 {
 2279         if (cp && cp->cam_ccb)
 2280                 xpt_print_path(cp->cam_ccb->ccb_h.path);
 2281 }
 2282 
 2283 /*
 2284  *  Take into account this ccb in the freeze count.
 2285  */
 2286 static void sym_freeze_cam_ccb(union ccb *ccb)
 2287 {
 2288         if (!(ccb->ccb_h.flags & CAM_DEV_QFRZDIS)) {
 2289                 if (!(ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_DEV_QFRZN)) {
 2290                         ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN;
 2291                         xpt_freeze_devq(ccb->ccb_h.path, 1);
 2292                 }
 2293         }
 2294 }
 2295 
 2296 /*
 2297  *  Set the status field of a CAM CCB.
 2298  */
 2299 static __inline void sym_set_cam_status(union ccb *ccb, cam_status status)
 2300 {
 2301         ccb->ccb_h.status &= ~CAM_STATUS_MASK;
 2302         ccb->ccb_h.status |= status;
 2303 }
 2304 
 2305 /*
 2306  *  Get the status field of a CAM CCB.
 2307  */
 2308 static __inline int sym_get_cam_status(union ccb *ccb)
 2309 {
 2310         return ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_STATUS_MASK;
 2311 }
 2312 
 2313 /*
 2314  *  Enqueue a CAM CCB.
 2315  */
 2316 static void sym_enqueue_cam_ccb(ccb_p cp)
 2317 {
 2318         hcb_p np;
 2319         union ccb *ccb;
 2320 
 2321         ccb = cp->cam_ccb;
 2322         np = (hcb_p) cp->arg;
 2323 
 2324         assert(!(ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_SIM_QUEUED));
 2325         ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_INPROG;
 2326 
 2327         callout_reset_sbt(&cp->ch, SBT_1MS * ccb->ccb_h.timeout, 0, sym_callout,
 2328             (caddr_t)ccb, 0);
 2329         ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_SIM_QUEUED;
 2330         ccb->ccb_h.sym_hcb_ptr = np;
 2331 
 2332         sym_insque_tail(sym_qptr(&ccb->ccb_h.sim_links), &np->cam_ccbq);
 2333 }
 2334 
 2335 /*
 2336  *  Complete a pending CAM CCB.
 2337  */
 2338 
 2339 static void sym_xpt_done(hcb_p np, union ccb *ccb, ccb_p cp)
 2340 {
 2341 
 2342         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 2343 
 2344         if (ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_SIM_QUEUED) {
 2345                 callout_stop(&cp->ch);
 2346                 sym_remque(sym_qptr(&ccb->ccb_h.sim_links));
 2347                 ccb->ccb_h.status &= ~CAM_SIM_QUEUED;
 2348                 ccb->ccb_h.sym_hcb_ptr = NULL;
 2349         }
 2350         xpt_done(ccb);
 2351 }
 2352 
 2353 static void sym_xpt_done2(hcb_p np, union ccb *ccb, int cam_status)
 2354 {
 2355 
 2356         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 2357 
 2358         sym_set_cam_status(ccb, cam_status);
 2359         xpt_done(ccb);
 2360 }
 2361 
 2362 /*
 2363  *  SYMBIOS chip clock divisor table.
 2364  *
 2365  *  Divisors are multiplied by 10,000,000 in order to make
 2366  *  calculations more simple.
 2367  */
 2368 #define _5M 5000000
 2369 static const u32 div_10M[] =
 2370         {2*_5M, 3*_5M, 4*_5M, 6*_5M, 8*_5M, 12*_5M, 16*_5M};
 2371 
 2372 /*
 2373  *  SYMBIOS chips allow burst lengths of 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,
 2374  *  128 transfers. All chips support at least 16 transfers
 2375  *  bursts. The 825A, 875 and 895 chips support bursts of up
 2376  *  to 128 transfers and the 895A and 896 support bursts of up
 2377  *  to 64 transfers. All other chips support up to 16
 2378  *  transfers bursts.
 2379  *
 2380  *  For PCI 32 bit data transfers each transfer is a DWORD.
 2381  *  It is a QUADWORD (8 bytes) for PCI 64 bit data transfers.
 2382  *
 2383  *  We use log base 2 (burst length) as internal code, with
 2384  *  value 0 meaning "burst disabled".
 2385  */
 2386 
 2387 /*
 2388  *  Burst length from burst code.
 2389  */
 2390 #define burst_length(bc) (!(bc))? 0 : 1 << (bc)
 2391 
 2392 /*
 2393  *  Burst code from io register bits.
 2394  */
 2395 #define burst_code(dmode, ctest4, ctest5) \
 2396         (ctest4) & 0x80? 0 : (((dmode) & 0xc0) >> 6) + ((ctest5) & 0x04) + 1
 2397 
 2398 /*
 2399  *  Set initial io register bits from burst code.
 2400  */
 2401 static __inline void sym_init_burst(hcb_p np, u_char bc)
 2402 {
 2403         np->rv_ctest4   &= ~0x80;
 2404         np->rv_dmode    &= ~(0x3 << 6);
 2405         np->rv_ctest5   &= ~0x4;
 2406 
 2407         if (!bc) {
 2408                 np->rv_ctest4   |= 0x80;
 2409         }
 2410         else {
 2411                 --bc;
 2412                 np->rv_dmode    |= ((bc & 0x3) << 6);
 2413                 np->rv_ctest5   |= (bc & 0x4);
 2414         }
 2415 }
 2416 
 2417 /*
 2418  * Print out the list of targets that have some flag disabled by user.
 2419  */
 2420 static void sym_print_targets_flag(hcb_p np, int mask, char *msg)
 2421 {
 2422         int cnt;
 2423         int i;
 2424 
 2425         for (cnt = 0, i = 0 ; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET ; i++) {
 2426                 if (i == np->myaddr)
 2427                         continue;
 2428                 if (np->target[i].usrflags & mask) {
 2429                         if (!cnt++)
 2430                                 printf("%s: %s disabled for targets",
 2431                                         sym_name(np), msg);
 2432                         printf(" %d", i);
 2433                 }
 2434         }
 2435         if (cnt)
 2436                 printf(".\n");
 2437 }
 2438 
 2439 /*
 2440  *  Save initial settings of some IO registers.
 2441  *  Assumed to have been set by BIOS.
 2442  *  We cannot reset the chip prior to reading the
 2443  *  IO registers, since informations will be lost.
 2444  *  Since the SCRIPTS processor may be running, this
 2445  *  is not safe on paper, but it seems to work quite
 2446  *  well. :)
 2447  */
 2448 static void sym_save_initial_setting (hcb_p np)
 2449 {
 2450         np->sv_scntl0   = INB(nc_scntl0) & 0x0a;
 2451         np->sv_scntl3   = INB(nc_scntl3) & 0x07;
 2452         np->sv_dmode    = INB(nc_dmode)  & 0xce;
 2453         np->sv_dcntl    = INB(nc_dcntl)  & 0xa8;
 2454         np->sv_ctest3   = INB(nc_ctest3) & 0x01;
 2455         np->sv_ctest4   = INB(nc_ctest4) & 0x80;
 2456         np->sv_gpcntl   = INB(nc_gpcntl);
 2457         np->sv_stest1   = INB(nc_stest1);
 2458         np->sv_stest2   = INB(nc_stest2) & 0x20;
 2459         np->sv_stest4   = INB(nc_stest4);
 2460         if (np->features & FE_C10) {    /* Always large DMA fifo + ultra3 */
 2461                 np->sv_scntl4   = INB(nc_scntl4);
 2462                 np->sv_ctest5   = INB(nc_ctest5) & 0x04;
 2463         }
 2464         else
 2465                 np->sv_ctest5   = INB(nc_ctest5) & 0x24;
 2466 }
 2467 
 2468 /*
 2469  *  Prepare io register values used by sym_init() according
 2470  *  to selected and supported features.
 2471  */
 2472 static int sym_prepare_setting(hcb_p np, struct sym_nvram *nvram)
 2473 {
 2474         u_char  burst_max;
 2475         u32     period;
 2476         int i;
 2477 
 2478         /*
 2479          *  Wide ?
 2480          */
 2481         np->maxwide     = (np->features & FE_WIDE)? 1 : 0;
 2482 
 2483         /*
 2484          *  Get the frequency of the chip's clock.
 2485          */
 2486         if      (np->features & FE_QUAD)
 2487                 np->multiplier  = 4;
 2488         else if (np->features & FE_DBLR)
 2489                 np->multiplier  = 2;
 2490         else
 2491                 np->multiplier  = 1;
 2492 
 2493         np->clock_khz   = (np->features & FE_CLK80)? 80000 : 40000;
 2494         np->clock_khz   *= np->multiplier;
 2495 
 2496         if (np->clock_khz != 40000)
 2497                 sym_getclock(np, np->multiplier);
 2498 
 2499         /*
 2500          * Divisor to be used for async (timer pre-scaler).
 2501          */
 2502         i = np->clock_divn - 1;
 2503         while (--i >= 0) {
 2504                 if (10ul * SYM_CONF_MIN_ASYNC * np->clock_khz > div_10M[i]) {
 2505                         ++i;
 2506                         break;
 2507                 }
 2508         }
 2509         np->rv_scntl3 = i+1;
 2510 
 2511         /*
 2512          * The C1010 uses hardwired divisors for async.
 2513          * So, we just throw away, the async. divisor.:-)
 2514          */
 2515         if (np->features & FE_C10)
 2516                 np->rv_scntl3 = 0;
 2517 
 2518         /*
 2519          * Minimum synchronous period factor supported by the chip.
 2520          * Btw, 'period' is in tenths of nanoseconds.
 2521          */
 2522         period = howmany(4 * div_10M[0], np->clock_khz);
 2523         if      (period <= 250)         np->minsync = 10;
 2524         else if (period <= 303)         np->minsync = 11;
 2525         else if (period <= 500)         np->minsync = 12;
 2526         else                            np->minsync = howmany(period, 40);
 2527 
 2528         /*
 2529          * Check against chip SCSI standard support (SCSI-2,ULTRA,ULTRA2).
 2530          */
 2531         if      (np->minsync < 25 &&
 2532                  !(np->features & (FE_ULTRA|FE_ULTRA2|FE_ULTRA3)))
 2533                 np->minsync = 25;
 2534         else if (np->minsync < 12 &&
 2535                  !(np->features & (FE_ULTRA2|FE_ULTRA3)))
 2536                 np->minsync = 12;
 2537 
 2538         /*
 2539          * Maximum synchronous period factor supported by the chip.
 2540          */
 2541         period = (11 * div_10M[np->clock_divn - 1]) / (4 * np->clock_khz);
 2542         np->maxsync = period > 2540 ? 254 : period / 10;
 2543 
 2544         /*
 2545          * If chip is a C1010, guess the sync limits in DT mode.
 2546          */
 2547         if ((np->features & (FE_C10|FE_ULTRA3)) == (FE_C10|FE_ULTRA3)) {
 2548                 if (np->clock_khz == 160000) {
 2549                         np->minsync_dt = 9;
 2550                         np->maxsync_dt = 50;
 2551                         np->maxoffs_dt = 62;
 2552                 }
 2553         }
 2554 
 2555         /*
 2556          *  64 bit addressing  (895A/896/1010) ?
 2557          */
 2558         if (np->features & FE_DAC)
 2559 #ifdef __LP64__
 2560                 np->rv_ccntl1   |= (XTIMOD | EXTIBMV);
 2561 #else
 2562                 np->rv_ccntl1   |= (DDAC);
 2563 #endif
 2564 
 2565         /*
 2566          *  Phase mismatch handled by SCRIPTS (895A/896/1010) ?
 2567          */
 2568         if (np->features & FE_NOPM)
 2569                 np->rv_ccntl0   |= (ENPMJ);
 2570 
 2571         /*
 2572          *  C1010 Errata.
 2573          *  In dual channel mode, contention occurs if internal cycles
 2574          *  are used. Disable internal cycles.
 2575          */
 2576         if (np->device_id == PCI_ID_LSI53C1010 &&
 2577             np->revision_id < 0x2)
 2578                 np->rv_ccntl0   |=  DILS;
 2579 
 2580         /*
 2581          *  Select burst length (dwords)
 2582          */
 2583         burst_max       = SYM_SETUP_BURST_ORDER;
 2584         if (burst_max == 255)
 2585                 burst_max = burst_code(np->sv_dmode, np->sv_ctest4,
 2586                                        np->sv_ctest5);
 2587         if (burst_max > 7)
 2588                 burst_max = 7;
 2589         if (burst_max > np->maxburst)
 2590                 burst_max = np->maxburst;
 2591 
 2592         /*
 2593          *  DEL 352 - 53C810 Rev x11 - Part Number 609-0392140 - ITEM 2.
 2594          *  This chip and the 860 Rev 1 may wrongly use PCI cache line
 2595          *  based transactions on LOAD/STORE instructions. So we have
 2596          *  to prevent these chips from using such PCI transactions in
 2597          *  this driver. The generic ncr driver that does not use
 2598          *  LOAD/STORE instructions does not need this work-around.
 2599          */
 2600         if ((np->device_id == PCI_ID_SYM53C810 &&
 2601              np->revision_id >= 0x10 && np->revision_id <= 0x11) ||
 2602             (np->device_id == PCI_ID_SYM53C860 &&
 2603              np->revision_id <= 0x1))
 2604                 np->features &= ~(FE_WRIE|FE_ERL|FE_ERMP);
 2605 
 2606         /*
 2607          *  Select all supported special features.
 2608          *  If we are using on-board RAM for scripts, prefetch (PFEN)
 2609          *  does not help, but burst op fetch (BOF) does.
 2610          *  Disabling PFEN makes sure BOF will be used.
 2611          */
 2612         if (np->features & FE_ERL)
 2613                 np->rv_dmode    |= ERL;         /* Enable Read Line */
 2614         if (np->features & FE_BOF)
 2615                 np->rv_dmode    |= BOF;         /* Burst Opcode Fetch */
 2616         if (np->features & FE_ERMP)
 2617                 np->rv_dmode    |= ERMP;        /* Enable Read Multiple */
 2618 #if 1
 2619         if ((np->features & FE_PFEN) && !np->ram_ba)
 2620 #else
 2621         if (np->features & FE_PFEN)
 2622 #endif
 2623                 np->rv_dcntl    |= PFEN;        /* Prefetch Enable */
 2624         if (np->features & FE_CLSE)
 2625                 np->rv_dcntl    |= CLSE;        /* Cache Line Size Enable */
 2626         if (np->features & FE_WRIE)
 2627                 np->rv_ctest3   |= WRIE;        /* Write and Invalidate */
 2628         if (np->features & FE_DFS)
 2629                 np->rv_ctest5   |= DFS;         /* Dma Fifo Size */
 2630 
 2631         /*
 2632          *  Select some other
 2633          */
 2634         if (SYM_SETUP_PCI_PARITY)
 2635                 np->rv_ctest4   |= MPEE; /* Master parity checking */
 2636         if (SYM_SETUP_SCSI_PARITY)
 2637                 np->rv_scntl0   |= 0x0a; /*  full arb., ena parity, par->ATN  */
 2638 
 2639         /*
 2640          *  Get parity checking, host ID and verbose mode from NVRAM
 2641          */
 2642         np->myaddr = 255;
 2643         sym_nvram_setup_host (np, nvram);
 2644 
 2645         /*
 2646          *  Get SCSI addr of host adapter (set by bios?).
 2647          */
 2648         if (np->myaddr == 255) {
 2649                 np->myaddr = INB(nc_scid) & 0x07;
 2650                 if (!np->myaddr)
 2651                         np->myaddr = SYM_SETUP_HOST_ID;
 2652         }
 2653 
 2654         /*
 2655          *  Prepare initial io register bits for burst length
 2656          */
 2657         sym_init_burst(np, burst_max);
 2658 
 2659         /*
 2660          *  Set SCSI BUS mode.
 2661          *  - LVD capable chips (895/895A/896/1010) report the
 2662          *    current BUS mode through the STEST4 IO register.
 2663          *  - For previous generation chips (825/825A/875),
 2664          *    user has to tell us how to check against HVD,
 2665          *    since a 100% safe algorithm is not possible.
 2666          */
 2667         np->scsi_mode = SMODE_SE;
 2668         if (np->features & (FE_ULTRA2|FE_ULTRA3))
 2669                 np->scsi_mode = (np->sv_stest4 & SMODE);
 2670         else if (np->features & FE_DIFF) {
 2671                 if (SYM_SETUP_SCSI_DIFF == 1) {
 2672                         if (np->sv_scntl3) {
 2673                                 if (np->sv_stest2 & 0x20)
 2674                                         np->scsi_mode = SMODE_HVD;
 2675                         }
 2676                         else if (nvram->type == SYM_SYMBIOS_NVRAM) {
 2677                                 if (!(INB(nc_gpreg) & 0x08))
 2678                                         np->scsi_mode = SMODE_HVD;
 2679                         }
 2680                 }
 2681                 else if (SYM_SETUP_SCSI_DIFF == 2)
 2682                         np->scsi_mode = SMODE_HVD;
 2683         }
 2684         if (np->scsi_mode == SMODE_HVD)
 2685                 np->rv_stest2 |= 0x20;
 2686 
 2687         /*
 2688          *  Set LED support from SCRIPTS.
 2689          *  Ignore this feature for boards known to use a
 2690          *  specific GPIO wiring and for the 895A, 896
 2691          *  and 1010 that drive the LED directly.
 2692          */
 2693         if ((SYM_SETUP_SCSI_LED ||
 2694              (nvram->type == SYM_SYMBIOS_NVRAM ||
 2695               (nvram->type == SYM_TEKRAM_NVRAM &&
 2696                np->device_id == PCI_ID_SYM53C895))) &&
 2697             !(np->features & FE_LEDC) && !(np->sv_gpcntl & 0x01))
 2698                 np->features |= FE_LED0;
 2699 
 2700         /*
 2701          *  Set irq mode.
 2702          */
 2703         switch(SYM_SETUP_IRQ_MODE & 3) {
 2704         case 2:
 2705                 np->rv_dcntl    |= IRQM;
 2706                 break;
 2707         case 1:
 2708                 np->rv_dcntl    |= (np->sv_dcntl & IRQM);
 2709                 break;
 2710         default:
 2711                 break;
 2712         }
 2713 
 2714         /*
 2715          *  Configure targets according to driver setup.
 2716          *  If NVRAM present get targets setup from NVRAM.
 2717          */
 2718         for (i = 0 ; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET ; i++) {
 2719                 tcb_p tp = &np->target[i];
 2720 
 2721                 tp->tinfo.user.scsi_version = tp->tinfo.current.scsi_version= 2;
 2722                 tp->tinfo.user.spi_version  = tp->tinfo.current.spi_version = 2;
 2723                 tp->tinfo.user.period = np->minsync;
 2724                 if (np->features & FE_ULTRA3)
 2725                         tp->tinfo.user.period = np->minsync_dt;
 2726                 tp->tinfo.user.offset = np->maxoffs;
 2727                 tp->tinfo.user.width  = np->maxwide ? BUS_16_BIT : BUS_8_BIT;
 2728                 tp->usrflags |= (SYM_DISC_ENABLED | SYM_TAGS_ENABLED);
 2729                 tp->usrtags = SYM_SETUP_MAX_TAG;
 2730 
 2731                 sym_nvram_setup_target (np, i, nvram);
 2732 
 2733                 /*
 2734                  *  For now, guess PPR/DT support from the period
 2735                  *  and BUS width.
 2736                  */
 2737                 if (np->features & FE_ULTRA3) {
 2738                         if (tp->tinfo.user.period <= 9  &&
 2739                             tp->tinfo.user.width == BUS_16_BIT) {
 2740                                 tp->tinfo.user.options |= PPR_OPT_DT;
 2741                                 tp->tinfo.user.offset   = np->maxoffs_dt;
 2742                                 tp->tinfo.user.spi_version = 3;
 2743                         }
 2744                 }
 2745 
 2746                 if (!tp->usrtags)
 2747                         tp->usrflags &= ~SYM_TAGS_ENABLED;
 2748         }
 2749 
 2750         /*
 2751          *  Let user know about the settings.
 2752          */
 2753         i = nvram->type;
 2754         printf("%s: %s NVRAM, ID %d, Fast-%d, %s, %s\n", sym_name(np),
 2755                 i  == SYM_SYMBIOS_NVRAM ? "Symbios" :
 2756                 (i == SYM_TEKRAM_NVRAM  ? "Tekram" : "No"),
 2757                 np->myaddr,
 2758                 (np->features & FE_ULTRA3) ? 80 :
 2759                 (np->features & FE_ULTRA2) ? 40 :
 2760                 (np->features & FE_ULTRA)  ? 20 : 10,
 2761                 sym_scsi_bus_mode(np->scsi_mode),
 2762                 (np->rv_scntl0 & 0xa)   ? "parity checking" : "NO parity");
 2763         /*
 2764          *  Tell him more on demand.
 2765          */
 2766         if (sym_verbose) {
 2767                 printf("%s: %s IRQ line driver%s\n",
 2768                         sym_name(np),
 2769                         np->rv_dcntl & IRQM ? "totem pole" : "open drain",
 2770                         np->ram_ba ? ", using on-chip SRAM" : "");
 2771                 printf("%s: using %s firmware.\n", sym_name(np), np->fw_name);
 2772                 if (np->features & FE_NOPM)
 2773                         printf("%s: handling phase mismatch from SCRIPTS.\n",
 2774                                sym_name(np));
 2775         }
 2776         /*
 2777          *  And still more.
 2778          */
 2779         if (sym_verbose > 1) {
 2780                 printf ("%s: initial SCNTL3/DMODE/DCNTL/CTEST3/4/5 = "
 2781                         "(hex) %02x/%02x/%02x/%02x/%02x/%02x\n",
 2782                         sym_name(np), np->sv_scntl3, np->sv_dmode, np->sv_dcntl,
 2783                         np->sv_ctest3, np->sv_ctest4, np->sv_ctest5);
 2784 
 2785                 printf ("%s: final   SCNTL3/DMODE/DCNTL/CTEST3/4/5 = "
 2786                         "(hex) %02x/%02x/%02x/%02x/%02x/%02x\n",
 2787                         sym_name(np), np->rv_scntl3, np->rv_dmode, np->rv_dcntl,
 2788                         np->rv_ctest3, np->rv_ctest4, np->rv_ctest5);
 2789         }
 2790         /*
 2791          *  Let user be aware of targets that have some disable flags set.
 2792          */
 2793         sym_print_targets_flag(np, SYM_SCAN_BOOT_DISABLED, "SCAN AT BOOT");
 2794         if (sym_verbose)
 2795                 sym_print_targets_flag(np, SYM_SCAN_LUNS_DISABLED,
 2796                                        "SCAN FOR LUNS");
 2797 
 2798         return 0;
 2799 }
 2800 
 2801 /*
 2802  *  Prepare the next negotiation message if needed.
 2803  *
 2804  *  Fill in the part of message buffer that contains the
 2805  *  negotiation and the nego_status field of the CCB.
 2806  *  Returns the size of the message in bytes.
 2807  */
 2808 static int sym_prepare_nego(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, int nego, u_char *msgptr)
 2809 {
 2810         tcb_p tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 2811         int msglen = 0;
 2812 
 2813         /*
 2814          *  Early C1010 chips need a work-around for DT
 2815          *  data transfer to work.
 2816          */
 2817         if (!(np->features & FE_U3EN))
 2818                 tp->tinfo.goal.options = 0;
 2819         /*
 2820          *  negotiate using PPR ?
 2821          */
 2822         if (tp->tinfo.goal.options & PPR_OPT_MASK)
 2823                 nego = NS_PPR;
 2824         /*
 2825          *  negotiate wide transfers ?
 2826          */
 2827         else if (tp->tinfo.current.width != tp->tinfo.goal.width)
 2828                 nego = NS_WIDE;
 2829         /*
 2830          *  negotiate synchronous transfers?
 2831          */
 2832         else if (tp->tinfo.current.period != tp->tinfo.goal.period ||
 2833                  tp->tinfo.current.offset != tp->tinfo.goal.offset)
 2834                 nego = NS_SYNC;
 2835 
 2836         switch (nego) {
 2837         case NS_SYNC:
 2838                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_EXTENDED;
 2839                 msgptr[msglen++] = 3;
 2840                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_X_SYNC_REQ;
 2841                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.period;
 2842                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.offset;
 2843                 break;
 2844         case NS_WIDE:
 2845                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_EXTENDED;
 2846                 msgptr[msglen++] = 2;
 2847                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_X_WIDE_REQ;
 2848                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.width;
 2849                 break;
 2850         case NS_PPR:
 2851                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_EXTENDED;
 2852                 msgptr[msglen++] = 6;
 2853                 msgptr[msglen++] = M_X_PPR_REQ;
 2854                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.period;
 2855                 msgptr[msglen++] = 0;
 2856                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.offset;
 2857                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.width;
 2858                 msgptr[msglen++] = tp->tinfo.goal.options & PPR_OPT_DT;
 2859                 break;
 2860         }
 2861 
 2862         cp->nego_status = nego;
 2863 
 2864         if (nego) {
 2865                 tp->nego_cp = cp; /* Keep track a nego will be performed */
 2866                 if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 2867                         sym_print_msg(cp, nego == NS_SYNC ? "sync msgout" :
 2868                                           nego == NS_WIDE ? "wide msgout" :
 2869                                           "ppr msgout", msgptr);
 2870                 }
 2871         }
 2872 
 2873         return msglen;
 2874 }
 2875 
 2876 /*
 2877  *  Insert a job into the start queue.
 2878  */
 2879 static void sym_put_start_queue(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 2880 {
 2881         u_short qidx;
 2882 
 2883 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 2884         /*
 2885          *  If the previously queued CCB is not yet done,
 2886          *  set the IARB hint. The SCRIPTS will go with IARB
 2887          *  for this job when starting the previous one.
 2888          *  We leave devices a chance to win arbitration by
 2889          *  not using more than 'iarb_max' consecutive
 2890          *  immediate arbitrations.
 2891          */
 2892         if (np->last_cp && np->iarb_count < np->iarb_max) {
 2893                 np->last_cp->host_flags |= HF_HINT_IARB;
 2894                 ++np->iarb_count;
 2895         }
 2896         else
 2897                 np->iarb_count = 0;
 2898         np->last_cp = cp;
 2899 #endif
 2900 
 2901         /*
 2902          *  Insert first the idle task and then our job.
 2903          *  The MB should ensure proper ordering.
 2904          */
 2905         qidx = np->squeueput + 2;
 2906         if (qidx >= MAX_QUEUE*2) qidx = 0;
 2907 
 2908         np->squeue [qidx]          = cpu_to_scr(np->idletask_ba);
 2909         MEMORY_BARRIER();
 2910         np->squeue [np->squeueput] = cpu_to_scr(cp->ccb_ba);
 2911 
 2912         np->squeueput = qidx;
 2913 
 2914         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_QUEUE)
 2915                 printf ("%s: queuepos=%d.\n", sym_name (np), np->squeueput);
 2916 
 2917         /*
 2918          *  Script processor may be waiting for reselect.
 2919          *  Wake it up.
 2920          */
 2921         MEMORY_BARRIER();
 2922         OUTB (nc_istat, SIGP|np->istat_sem);
 2923 }
 2924 
 2925 /*
 2926  *  Soft reset the chip.
 2927  *
 2928  *  Raising SRST when the chip is running may cause
 2929  *  problems on dual function chips (see below).
 2930  *  On the other hand, LVD devices need some delay
 2931  *  to settle and report actual BUS mode in STEST4.
 2932  */
 2933 static void sym_chip_reset (hcb_p np)
 2934 {
 2935         OUTB (nc_istat, SRST);
 2936         UDELAY (10);
 2937         OUTB (nc_istat, 0);
 2938         UDELAY(2000);   /* For BUS MODE to settle */
 2939 }
 2940 
 2941 /*
 2942  *  Soft reset the chip.
 2943  *
 2944  *  Some 896 and 876 chip revisions may hang-up if we set
 2945  *  the SRST (soft reset) bit at the wrong time when SCRIPTS
 2946  *  are running.
 2947  *  So, we need to abort the current operation prior to
 2948  *  soft resetting the chip.
 2949  */
 2950 static void sym_soft_reset (hcb_p np)
 2951 {
 2952         u_char istat;
 2953         int i;
 2954 
 2955         OUTB (nc_istat, CABRT);
 2956         for (i = 1000000 ; i ; --i) {
 2957                 istat = INB (nc_istat);
 2958                 if (istat & SIP) {
 2959                         INW (nc_sist);
 2960                         continue;
 2961                 }
 2962                 if (istat & DIP) {
 2963                         OUTB (nc_istat, 0);
 2964                         INB (nc_dstat);
 2965                         break;
 2966                 }
 2967         }
 2968         if (!i)
 2969                 printf("%s: unable to abort current chip operation.\n",
 2970                         sym_name(np));
 2971         sym_chip_reset (np);
 2972 }
 2973 
 2974 /*
 2975  *  Start reset process.
 2976  *
 2977  *  The interrupt handler will reinitialize the chip.
 2978  */
 2979 static void sym_start_reset(hcb_p np)
 2980 {
 2981         (void) sym_reset_scsi_bus(np, 1);
 2982 }
 2983 
 2984 static int sym_reset_scsi_bus(hcb_p np, int enab_int)
 2985 {
 2986         u32 term;
 2987         int retv = 0;
 2988 
 2989         sym_soft_reset(np);     /* Soft reset the chip */
 2990         if (enab_int)
 2991                 OUTW (nc_sien, RST);
 2992         /*
 2993          *  Enable Tolerant, reset IRQD if present and
 2994          *  properly set IRQ mode, prior to resetting the bus.
 2995          */
 2996         OUTB (nc_stest3, TE);
 2997         OUTB (nc_dcntl, (np->rv_dcntl & IRQM));
 2998         OUTB (nc_scntl1, CRST);
 2999         UDELAY (200);
 3000 
 3001         if (!SYM_SETUP_SCSI_BUS_CHECK)
 3002                 goto out;
 3003         /*
 3004          *  Check for no terminators or SCSI bus shorts to ground.
 3005          *  Read SCSI data bus, data parity bits and control signals.
 3006          *  We are expecting RESET to be TRUE and other signals to be
 3007          *  FALSE.
 3008          */
 3009         term =  INB(nc_sstat0);
 3010         term =  ((term & 2) << 7) + ((term & 1) << 17); /* rst sdp0 */
 3011         term |= ((INB(nc_sstat2) & 0x01) << 26) |       /* sdp1     */
 3012                 ((INW(nc_sbdl) & 0xff)   << 9)  |       /* d7-0     */
 3013                 ((INW(nc_sbdl) & 0xff00) << 10) |       /* d15-8    */
 3014                 INB(nc_sbcl);   /* req ack bsy sel atn msg cd io    */
 3015 
 3016         if (!(np->features & FE_WIDE))
 3017                 term &= 0x3ffff;
 3018 
 3019         if (term != (2<<7)) {
 3020                 printf("%s: suspicious SCSI data while resetting the BUS.\n",
 3021                         sym_name(np));
 3022                 printf("%s: %sdp0,d7-0,rst,req,ack,bsy,sel,atn,msg,c/d,i/o = "
 3023                         "0x%lx, expecting 0x%lx\n",
 3024                         sym_name(np),
 3025                         (np->features & FE_WIDE) ? "dp1,d15-8," : "",
 3026                         (u_long)term, (u_long)(2<<7));
 3027                 if (SYM_SETUP_SCSI_BUS_CHECK == 1)
 3028                         retv = 1;
 3029         }
 3030 out:
 3031         OUTB (nc_scntl1, 0);
 3032         /* MDELAY(100); */
 3033         return retv;
 3034 }
 3035 
 3036 /*
 3037  *  The chip may have completed jobs. Look at the DONE QUEUE.
 3038  *
 3039  *  On architectures that may reorder LOAD/STORE operations,
 3040  *  a memory barrier may be needed after the reading of the
 3041  *  so-called `flag' and prior to dealing with the data.
 3042  */
 3043 static int sym_wakeup_done (hcb_p np)
 3044 {
 3045         ccb_p cp;
 3046         int i, n;
 3047         u32 dsa;
 3048 
 3049         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 3050 
 3051         n = 0;
 3052         i = np->dqueueget;
 3053         while (1) {
 3054                 dsa = scr_to_cpu(np->dqueue[i]);
 3055                 if (!dsa)
 3056                         break;
 3057                 np->dqueue[i] = 0;
 3058                 if ((i = i+2) >= MAX_QUEUE*2)
 3059                         i = 0;
 3060 
 3061                 cp = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, dsa);
 3062                 if (cp) {
 3063                         MEMORY_BARRIER();
 3064                         sym_complete_ok (np, cp);
 3065                         ++n;
 3066                 }
 3067                 else
 3068                         printf ("%s: bad DSA (%x) in done queue.\n",
 3069                                 sym_name(np), (u_int) dsa);
 3070         }
 3071         np->dqueueget = i;
 3072 
 3073         return n;
 3074 }
 3075 
 3076 /*
 3077  *  Complete all active CCBs with error.
 3078  *  Used on CHIP/SCSI RESET.
 3079  */
 3080 static void sym_flush_busy_queue (hcb_p np, int cam_status)
 3081 {
 3082         /*
 3083          *  Move all active CCBs to the COMP queue
 3084          *  and flush this queue.
 3085          */
 3086         sym_que_splice(&np->busy_ccbq, &np->comp_ccbq);
 3087         sym_que_init(&np->busy_ccbq);
 3088         sym_flush_comp_queue(np, cam_status);
 3089 }
 3090 
 3091 /*
 3092  *  Start chip.
 3093  *
 3094  *  'reason' means:
 3095  *     0: initialisation.
 3096  *     1: SCSI BUS RESET delivered or received.
 3097  *     2: SCSI BUS MODE changed.
 3098  */
 3099 static void sym_init (hcb_p np, int reason)
 3100 {
 3101         int     i;
 3102         u32     phys;
 3103 
 3104         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 3105 
 3106         /*
 3107          *  Reset chip if asked, otherwise just clear fifos.
 3108          */
 3109         if (reason == 1)
 3110                 sym_soft_reset(np);
 3111         else {
 3112                 OUTB (nc_stest3, TE|CSF);
 3113                 OUTONB (nc_ctest3, CLF);
 3114         }
 3115 
 3116         /*
 3117          *  Clear Start Queue
 3118          */
 3119         phys = np->squeue_ba;
 3120         for (i = 0; i < MAX_QUEUE*2; i += 2) {
 3121                 np->squeue[i]   = cpu_to_scr(np->idletask_ba);
 3122                 np->squeue[i+1] = cpu_to_scr(phys + (i+2)*4);
 3123         }
 3124         np->squeue[MAX_QUEUE*2-1] = cpu_to_scr(phys);
 3125 
 3126         /*
 3127          *  Start at first entry.
 3128          */
 3129         np->squeueput = 0;
 3130 
 3131         /*
 3132          *  Clear Done Queue
 3133          */
 3134         phys = np->dqueue_ba;
 3135         for (i = 0; i < MAX_QUEUE*2; i += 2) {
 3136                 np->dqueue[i]   = 0;
 3137                 np->dqueue[i+1] = cpu_to_scr(phys + (i+2)*4);
 3138         }
 3139         np->dqueue[MAX_QUEUE*2-1] = cpu_to_scr(phys);
 3140 
 3141         /*
 3142          *  Start at first entry.
 3143          */
 3144         np->dqueueget = 0;
 3145 
 3146         /*
 3147          *  Install patches in scripts.
 3148          *  This also let point to first position the start
 3149          *  and done queue pointers used from SCRIPTS.
 3150          */
 3151         np->fw_patch(np);
 3152 
 3153         /*
 3154          *  Wakeup all pending jobs.
 3155          */
 3156         sym_flush_busy_queue(np, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET);
 3157 
 3158         /*
 3159          *  Init chip.
 3160          */
 3161         OUTB (nc_istat,  0x00   );      /*  Remove Reset, abort */
 3162         UDELAY (2000);  /* The 895 needs time for the bus mode to settle */
 3163 
 3164         OUTB (nc_scntl0, np->rv_scntl0 | 0xc0);
 3165                                         /*  full arb., ena parity, par->ATN  */
 3166         OUTB (nc_scntl1, 0x00);         /*  odd parity, and remove CRST!! */
 3167 
 3168         sym_selectclock(np, np->rv_scntl3);     /* Select SCSI clock */
 3169 
 3170         OUTB (nc_scid  , RRE|np->myaddr);       /* Adapter SCSI address */
 3171         OUTW (nc_respid, 1ul<<np->myaddr);      /* Id to respond to */
 3172         OUTB (nc_istat , SIGP   );              /*  Signal Process */
 3173         OUTB (nc_dmode , np->rv_dmode);         /* Burst length, dma mode */
 3174         OUTB (nc_ctest5, np->rv_ctest5);        /* Large fifo + large burst */
 3175 
 3176         OUTB (nc_dcntl , NOCOM|np->rv_dcntl);   /* Protect SFBR */
 3177         OUTB (nc_ctest3, np->rv_ctest3);        /* Write and invalidate */
 3178         OUTB (nc_ctest4, np->rv_ctest4);        /* Master parity checking */
 3179 
 3180         /* Extended Sreq/Sack filtering not supported on the C10 */
 3181         if (np->features & FE_C10)
 3182                 OUTB (nc_stest2, np->rv_stest2);
 3183         else
 3184                 OUTB (nc_stest2, EXT|np->rv_stest2);
 3185 
 3186         OUTB (nc_stest3, TE);                   /* TolerANT enable */
 3187         OUTB (nc_stime0, 0x0c);                 /* HTH disabled  STO 0.25 sec */
 3188 
 3189         /*
 3190          *  For now, disable AIP generation on C1010-66.
 3191          */
 3192         if (np->device_id == PCI_ID_LSI53C1010_2)
 3193                 OUTB (nc_aipcntl1, DISAIP);
 3194 
 3195         /*
 3196          *  C10101 Errata.
 3197          *  Errant SGE's when in narrow. Write bits 4 & 5 of
 3198          *  STEST1 register to disable SGE. We probably should do
 3199          *  that from SCRIPTS for each selection/reselection, but
 3200          *  I just don't want. :)
 3201          */
 3202         if (np->device_id == PCI_ID_LSI53C1010 &&
 3203             /* np->revision_id < 0xff */ 1)
 3204                 OUTB (nc_stest1, INB(nc_stest1) | 0x30);
 3205 
 3206         /*
 3207          *  DEL 441 - 53C876 Rev 5 - Part Number 609-0392787/2788 - ITEM 2.
 3208          *  Disable overlapped arbitration for some dual function devices,
 3209          *  regardless revision id (kind of post-chip-design feature. ;-))
 3210          */
 3211         if (np->device_id == PCI_ID_SYM53C875)
 3212                 OUTB (nc_ctest0, (1<<5));
 3213         else if (np->device_id == PCI_ID_SYM53C896)
 3214                 np->rv_ccntl0 |= DPR;
 3215 
 3216         /*
 3217          *  Write CCNTL0/CCNTL1 for chips capable of 64 bit addressing
 3218          *  and/or hardware phase mismatch, since only such chips
 3219          *  seem to support those IO registers.
 3220          */
 3221         if (np->features & (FE_DAC|FE_NOPM)) {
 3222                 OUTB (nc_ccntl0, np->rv_ccntl0);
 3223                 OUTB (nc_ccntl1, np->rv_ccntl1);
 3224         }
 3225 
 3226         /*
 3227          *  If phase mismatch handled by scripts (895A/896/1010),
 3228          *  set PM jump addresses.
 3229          */
 3230         if (np->features & FE_NOPM) {
 3231                 OUTL (nc_pmjad1, SCRIPTB_BA (np, pm_handle));
 3232                 OUTL (nc_pmjad2, SCRIPTB_BA (np, pm_handle));
 3233         }
 3234 
 3235         /*
 3236          *    Enable GPIO0 pin for writing if LED support from SCRIPTS.
 3237          *    Also set GPIO5 and clear GPIO6 if hardware LED control.
 3238          */
 3239         if (np->features & FE_LED0)
 3240                 OUTB(nc_gpcntl, INB(nc_gpcntl) & ~0x01);
 3241         else if (np->features & FE_LEDC)
 3242                 OUTB(nc_gpcntl, (INB(nc_gpcntl) & ~0x41) | 0x20);
 3243 
 3244         /*
 3245          *      enable ints
 3246          */
 3247         OUTW (nc_sien , STO|HTH|MA|SGE|UDC|RST|PAR);
 3248         OUTB (nc_dien , MDPE|BF|SSI|SIR|IID);
 3249 
 3250         /*
 3251          *  For 895/6 enable SBMC interrupt and save current SCSI bus mode.
 3252          *  Try to eat the spurious SBMC interrupt that may occur when
 3253          *  we reset the chip but not the SCSI BUS (at initialization).
 3254          */
 3255         if (np->features & (FE_ULTRA2|FE_ULTRA3)) {
 3256                 OUTONW (nc_sien, SBMC);
 3257                 if (reason == 0) {
 3258                         MDELAY(100);
 3259                         INW (nc_sist);
 3260                 }
 3261                 np->scsi_mode = INB (nc_stest4) & SMODE;
 3262         }
 3263 
 3264         /*
 3265          *  Fill in target structure.
 3266          *  Reinitialize usrsync.
 3267          *  Reinitialize usrwide.
 3268          *  Prepare sync negotiation according to actual SCSI bus mode.
 3269          */
 3270         for (i=0;i<SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET;i++) {
 3271                 tcb_p tp = &np->target[i];
 3272 
 3273                 tp->to_reset  = 0;
 3274                 tp->head.sval = 0;
 3275                 tp->head.wval = np->rv_scntl3;
 3276                 tp->head.uval = 0;
 3277 
 3278                 tp->tinfo.current.period = 0;
 3279                 tp->tinfo.current.offset = 0;
 3280                 tp->tinfo.current.width  = BUS_8_BIT;
 3281                 tp->tinfo.current.options = 0;
 3282         }
 3283 
 3284         /*
 3285          *  Download SCSI SCRIPTS to on-chip RAM if present,
 3286          *  and start script processor.
 3287          */
 3288         if (np->ram_ba) {
 3289                 if (sym_verbose > 1)
 3290                         printf ("%s: Downloading SCSI SCRIPTS.\n",
 3291                                 sym_name(np));
 3292                 if (np->ram_ws == 8192) {
 3293                         OUTRAM_OFF(4096, np->scriptb0, np->scriptb_sz);
 3294                         OUTL (nc_mmws, np->scr_ram_seg);
 3295                         OUTL (nc_mmrs, np->scr_ram_seg);
 3296                         OUTL (nc_sfs,  np->scr_ram_seg);
 3297                         phys = SCRIPTB_BA (np, start64);
 3298                 }
 3299                 else
 3300                         phys = SCRIPTA_BA (np, init);
 3301                 OUTRAM_OFF(0, np->scripta0, np->scripta_sz);
 3302         }
 3303         else
 3304                 phys = SCRIPTA_BA (np, init);
 3305 
 3306         np->istat_sem = 0;
 3307 
 3308         OUTL (nc_dsa, np->hcb_ba);
 3309         OUTL_DSP (phys);
 3310 
 3311         /*
 3312          *  Notify the XPT about the RESET condition.
 3313          */
 3314         if (reason != 0)
 3315                 xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, np->path, NULL);
 3316 }
 3317 
 3318 /*
 3319  *  Get clock factor and sync divisor for a given
 3320  *  synchronous factor period.
 3321  */
 3322 static int
 3323 sym_getsync(hcb_p np, u_char dt, u_char sfac, u_char *divp, u_char *fakp)
 3324 {
 3325         u32     clk = np->clock_khz;    /* SCSI clock frequency in kHz  */
 3326         int     div = np->clock_divn;   /* Number of divisors supported */
 3327         u32     fak;                    /* Sync factor in sxfer         */
 3328         u32     per;                    /* Period in tenths of ns       */
 3329         u32     kpc;                    /* (per * clk)                  */
 3330         int     ret;
 3331 
 3332         /*
 3333          *  Compute the synchronous period in tenths of nano-seconds
 3334          */
 3335         if (dt && sfac <= 9)    per = 125;
 3336         else if (sfac <= 10)    per = 250;
 3337         else if (sfac == 11)    per = 303;
 3338         else if (sfac == 12)    per = 500;
 3339         else                    per = 40 * sfac;
 3340         ret = per;
 3341 
 3342         kpc = per * clk;
 3343         if (dt)
 3344                 kpc <<= 1;
 3345 
 3346         /*
 3347          *  For earliest C10 revision 0, we cannot use extra
 3348          *  clocks for the setting of the SCSI clocking.
 3349          *  Note that this limits the lowest sync data transfer
 3350          *  to 5 Mega-transfers per second and may result in
 3351          *  using higher clock divisors.
 3352          */
 3353 #if 1
 3354         if ((np->features & (FE_C10|FE_U3EN)) == FE_C10) {
 3355                 /*
 3356                  *  Look for the lowest clock divisor that allows an
 3357                  *  output speed not faster than the period.
 3358                  */
 3359                 while (div > 0) {
 3360                         --div;
 3361                         if (kpc > (div_10M[div] << 2)) {
 3362                                 ++div;
 3363                                 break;
 3364                         }
 3365                 }
 3366                 fak = 0;                        /* No extra clocks */
 3367                 if (div == np->clock_divn) {    /* Are we too fast ? */
 3368                         ret = -1;
 3369                 }
 3370                 *divp = div;
 3371                 *fakp = fak;
 3372                 return ret;
 3373         }
 3374 #endif
 3375 
 3376         /*
 3377          *  Look for the greatest clock divisor that allows an
 3378          *  input speed faster than the period.
 3379          */
 3380         while (div-- > 0)
 3381                 if (kpc >= (div_10M[div] << 2)) break;
 3382 
 3383         /*
 3384          *  Calculate the lowest clock factor that allows an output
 3385          *  speed not faster than the period, and the max output speed.
 3386          *  If fak >= 1 we will set both XCLKH_ST and XCLKH_DT.
 3387          *  If fak >= 2 we will also set XCLKS_ST and XCLKS_DT.
 3388          */
 3389         if (dt) {
 3390                 fak = (kpc - 1) / (div_10M[div] << 1) + 1 - 2;
 3391                 /* ret = ((2+fak)*div_10M[div])/np->clock_khz; */
 3392         }
 3393         else {
 3394                 fak = (kpc - 1) / div_10M[div] + 1 - 4;
 3395                 /* ret = ((4+fak)*div_10M[div])/np->clock_khz; */
 3396         }
 3397 
 3398         /*
 3399          *  Check against our hardware limits, or bugs :).
 3400          */
 3401         if (fak > 2)    {fak = 2; ret = -1;}
 3402 
 3403         /*
 3404          *  Compute and return sync parameters.
 3405          */
 3406         *divp = div;
 3407         *fakp = fak;
 3408 
 3409         return ret;
 3410 }
 3411 
 3412 /*
 3413  *  Tell the SCSI layer about the new transfer parameters.
 3414  */
 3415 static void
 3416 sym_xpt_async_transfer_neg(hcb_p np, int target, u_int spi_valid)
 3417 {
 3418         struct ccb_trans_settings cts;
 3419         struct cam_path *path;
 3420         int sts;
 3421         tcb_p tp = &np->target[target];
 3422 
 3423         sts = xpt_create_path(&path, NULL, cam_sim_path(np->sim), target,
 3424                               CAM_LUN_WILDCARD);
 3425         if (sts != CAM_REQ_CMP)
 3426                 return;
 3427 
 3428         bzero(&cts, sizeof(cts));
 3429 
 3430 #define cts__scsi (cts.proto_specific.scsi)
 3431 #define cts__spi  (cts.xport_specific.spi)
 3432 
 3433         cts.type      = CTS_TYPE_CURRENT_SETTINGS;
 3434         cts.protocol  = PROTO_SCSI;
 3435         cts.transport = XPORT_SPI;
 3436         cts.protocol_version  = tp->tinfo.current.scsi_version;
 3437         cts.transport_version = tp->tinfo.current.spi_version;
 3438 
 3439         cts__spi.valid = spi_valid;
 3440         if (spi_valid & CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_RATE)
 3441                 cts__spi.sync_period = tp->tinfo.current.period;
 3442         if (spi_valid & CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_OFFSET)
 3443                 cts__spi.sync_offset = tp->tinfo.current.offset;
 3444         if (spi_valid & CTS_SPI_VALID_BUS_WIDTH)
 3445                 cts__spi.bus_width   = tp->tinfo.current.width;
 3446         if (spi_valid & CTS_SPI_VALID_PPR_OPTIONS)
 3447                 cts__spi.ppr_options = tp->tinfo.current.options;
 3448 #undef cts__spi
 3449 #undef cts__scsi
 3450         xpt_setup_ccb(&cts.ccb_h, path, /*priority*/1);
 3451         xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &cts);
 3452         xpt_free_path(path);
 3453 }
 3454 
 3455 #define SYM_SPI_VALID_WDTR              \
 3456         CTS_SPI_VALID_BUS_WIDTH |       \
 3457         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_RATE |       \
 3458         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_OFFSET
 3459 #define SYM_SPI_VALID_SDTR              \
 3460         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_RATE |       \
 3461         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_OFFSET
 3462 #define SYM_SPI_VALID_PPR               \
 3463         CTS_SPI_VALID_PPR_OPTIONS |     \
 3464         CTS_SPI_VALID_BUS_WIDTH |       \
 3465         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_RATE |       \
 3466         CTS_SPI_VALID_SYNC_OFFSET
 3467 
 3468 /*
 3469  *  We received a WDTR.
 3470  *  Let everything be aware of the changes.
 3471  */
 3472 static void sym_setwide(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char wide)
 3473 {
 3474         tcb_p tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 3475 
 3476         sym_settrans(np, cp, 0, 0, 0, wide, 0, 0);
 3477 
 3478         /*
 3479          *  Tell the SCSI layer about the new transfer parameters.
 3480          */
 3481         tp->tinfo.goal.width = tp->tinfo.current.width = wide;
 3482         tp->tinfo.current.offset = 0;
 3483         tp->tinfo.current.period = 0;
 3484         tp->tinfo.current.options = 0;
 3485 
 3486         sym_xpt_async_transfer_neg(np, cp->target, SYM_SPI_VALID_WDTR);
 3487 }
 3488 
 3489 /*
 3490  *  We received a SDTR.
 3491  *  Let everything be aware of the changes.
 3492  */
 3493 static void
 3494 sym_setsync(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char ofs, u_char per, u_char div, u_char fak)
 3495 {
 3496         tcb_p tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 3497         u_char wide = (cp->phys.select.sel_scntl3 & EWS) ? 1 : 0;
 3498 
 3499         sym_settrans(np, cp, 0, ofs, per, wide, div, fak);
 3500 
 3501         /*
 3502          *  Tell the SCSI layer about the new transfer parameters.
 3503          */
 3504         tp->tinfo.goal.period   = tp->tinfo.current.period  = per;
 3505         tp->tinfo.goal.offset   = tp->tinfo.current.offset  = ofs;
 3506         tp->tinfo.goal.options  = tp->tinfo.current.options = 0;
 3507 
 3508         sym_xpt_async_transfer_neg(np, cp->target, SYM_SPI_VALID_SDTR);
 3509 }
 3510 
 3511 /*
 3512  *  We received a PPR.
 3513  *  Let everything be aware of the changes.
 3514  */
 3515 static void sym_setpprot(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char dt, u_char ofs,
 3516                          u_char per, u_char wide, u_char div, u_char fak)
 3517 {
 3518         tcb_p tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 3519 
 3520         sym_settrans(np, cp, dt, ofs, per, wide, div, fak);
 3521 
 3522         /*
 3523          *  Tell the SCSI layer about the new transfer parameters.
 3524          */
 3525         tp->tinfo.goal.width    = tp->tinfo.current.width  = wide;
 3526         tp->tinfo.goal.period   = tp->tinfo.current.period = per;
 3527         tp->tinfo.goal.offset   = tp->tinfo.current.offset = ofs;
 3528         tp->tinfo.goal.options  = tp->tinfo.current.options = dt;
 3529 
 3530         sym_xpt_async_transfer_neg(np, cp->target, SYM_SPI_VALID_PPR);
 3531 }
 3532 
 3533 /*
 3534  *  Switch trans mode for current job and it's target.
 3535  */
 3536 static void sym_settrans(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u_char dt, u_char ofs,
 3537                          u_char per, u_char wide, u_char div, u_char fak)
 3538 {
 3539         SYM_QUEHEAD *qp;
 3540         union   ccb *ccb;
 3541         tcb_p tp;
 3542         u_char target = INB (nc_sdid) & 0x0f;
 3543         u_char sval, wval, uval;
 3544 
 3545         assert (cp);
 3546         if (!cp) return;
 3547         ccb = cp->cam_ccb;
 3548         assert (ccb);
 3549         if (!ccb) return;
 3550         assert (target == (cp->target & 0xf));
 3551         tp = &np->target[target];
 3552 
 3553         sval = tp->head.sval;
 3554         wval = tp->head.wval;
 3555         uval = tp->head.uval;
 3556 
 3557 #if 0
 3558         printf("XXXX sval=%x wval=%x uval=%x (%x)\n",
 3559                 sval, wval, uval, np->rv_scntl3);
 3560 #endif
 3561         /*
 3562          *  Set the offset.
 3563          */
 3564         if (!(np->features & FE_C10))
 3565                 sval = (sval & ~0x1f) | ofs;
 3566         else
 3567                 sval = (sval & ~0x3f) | ofs;
 3568 
 3569         /*
 3570          *  Set the sync divisor and extra clock factor.
 3571          */
 3572         if (ofs != 0) {
 3573                 wval = (wval & ~0x70) | ((div+1) << 4);
 3574                 if (!(np->features & FE_C10))
 3575                         sval = (sval & ~0xe0) | (fak << 5);
 3576                 else {
 3577                         uval = uval & ~(XCLKH_ST|XCLKH_DT|XCLKS_ST|XCLKS_DT);
 3578                         if (fak >= 1) uval |= (XCLKH_ST|XCLKH_DT);
 3579                         if (fak >= 2) uval |= (XCLKS_ST|XCLKS_DT);
 3580                 }
 3581         }
 3582 
 3583         /*
 3584          *  Set the bus width.
 3585          */
 3586         wval = wval & ~EWS;
 3587         if (wide != 0)
 3588                 wval |= EWS;
 3589 
 3590         /*
 3591          *  Set misc. ultra enable bits.
 3592          */
 3593         if (np->features & FE_C10) {
 3594                 uval = uval & ~(U3EN|AIPCKEN);
 3595                 if (dt) {
 3596                         assert(np->features & FE_U3EN);
 3597                         uval |= U3EN;
 3598                 }
 3599         }
 3600         else {
 3601                 wval = wval & ~ULTRA;
 3602                 if (per <= 12)  wval |= ULTRA;
 3603         }
 3604 
 3605         /*
 3606          *   Stop there if sync parameters are unchanged.
 3607          */
 3608         if (tp->head.sval == sval &&
 3609             tp->head.wval == wval &&
 3610             tp->head.uval == uval)
 3611                 return;
 3612         tp->head.sval = sval;
 3613         tp->head.wval = wval;
 3614         tp->head.uval = uval;
 3615 
 3616         /*
 3617          *  Disable extended Sreq/Sack filtering if per < 50.
 3618          *  Not supported on the C1010.
 3619          */
 3620         if (per < 50 && !(np->features & FE_C10))
 3621                 OUTOFFB (nc_stest2, EXT);
 3622 
 3623         /*
 3624          *  set actual value and sync_status
 3625          */
 3626         OUTB (nc_sxfer,  tp->head.sval);
 3627         OUTB (nc_scntl3, tp->head.wval);
 3628 
 3629         if (np->features & FE_C10) {
 3630                 OUTB (nc_scntl4, tp->head.uval);
 3631         }
 3632 
 3633         /*
 3634          *  patch ALL busy ccbs of this target.
 3635          */
 3636         FOR_EACH_QUEUED_ELEMENT(&np->busy_ccbq, qp) {
 3637                 cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 3638                 if (cp->target != target)
 3639                         continue;
 3640                 cp->phys.select.sel_scntl3 = tp->head.wval;
 3641                 cp->phys.select.sel_sxfer  = tp->head.sval;
 3642                 if (np->features & FE_C10) {
 3643                         cp->phys.select.sel_scntl4 = tp->head.uval;
 3644                 }
 3645         }
 3646 }
 3647 
 3648 /*
 3649  *  log message for real hard errors
 3650  *
 3651  *  sym0 targ 0?: ERROR (ds:si) (so-si-sd) (sxfer/scntl3) @ name (dsp:dbc).
 3652  *            reg: r0 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 ..... rf.
 3653  *
 3654  *  exception register:
 3655  *      ds:     dstat
 3656  *      si:     sist
 3657  *
 3658  *  SCSI bus lines:
 3659  *      so:     control lines as driven by chip.
 3660  *      si:     control lines as seen by chip.
 3661  *      sd:     scsi data lines as seen by chip.
 3662  *
 3663  *  wide/fastmode:
 3664  *      sxfer:  (see the manual)
 3665  *      scntl3: (see the manual)
 3666  *
 3667  *  current script command:
 3668  *      dsp:    script address (relative to start of script).
 3669  *      dbc:    first word of script command.
 3670  *
 3671  *  First 24 register of the chip:
 3672  *      r0..rf
 3673  */
 3674 static void sym_log_hard_error(hcb_p np, u_short sist, u_char dstat)
 3675 {
 3676         u32     dsp;
 3677         int     script_ofs;
 3678         int     script_size;
 3679         char    *script_name;
 3680         u_char  *script_base;
 3681         int     i;
 3682 
 3683         dsp     = INL (nc_dsp);
 3684 
 3685         if      (dsp > np->scripta_ba &&
 3686                  dsp <= np->scripta_ba + np->scripta_sz) {
 3687                 script_ofs      = dsp - np->scripta_ba;
 3688                 script_size     = np->scripta_sz;
 3689                 script_base     = (u_char *) np->scripta0;
 3690                 script_name     = "scripta";
 3691         }
 3692         else if (np->scriptb_ba < dsp &&
 3693                  dsp <= np->scriptb_ba + np->scriptb_sz) {
 3694                 script_ofs      = dsp - np->scriptb_ba;
 3695                 script_size     = np->scriptb_sz;
 3696                 script_base     = (u_char *) np->scriptb0;
 3697                 script_name     = "scriptb";
 3698         } else {
 3699                 script_ofs      = dsp;
 3700                 script_size     = 0;
 3701                 script_base     = NULL;
 3702                 script_name     = "mem";
 3703         }
 3704 
 3705         printf ("%s:%d: ERROR (%x:%x) (%x-%x-%x) (%x/%x) @ (%s %x:%08x).\n",
 3706                 sym_name (np), (unsigned)INB (nc_sdid)&0x0f, dstat, sist,
 3707                 (unsigned)INB (nc_socl), (unsigned)INB (nc_sbcl),
 3708                 (unsigned)INB (nc_sbdl), (unsigned)INB (nc_sxfer),
 3709                 (unsigned)INB (nc_scntl3), script_name, script_ofs,
 3710                 (unsigned)INL (nc_dbc));
 3711 
 3712         if (((script_ofs & 3) == 0) &&
 3713             (unsigned)script_ofs < script_size) {
 3714                 printf ("%s: script cmd = %08x\n", sym_name(np),
 3715                         scr_to_cpu((int) *(u32 *)(script_base + script_ofs)));
 3716         }
 3717 
 3718         printf ("%s: regdump:", sym_name(np));
 3719         for (i=0; i<24;i++)
 3720             printf (" %02x", (unsigned)INB_OFF(i));
 3721         printf (".\n");
 3722 
 3723         /*
 3724          *  PCI BUS error, read the PCI ststus register.
 3725          */
 3726         if (dstat & (MDPE|BF)) {
 3727                 u_short pci_sts;
 3728                 pci_sts = pci_read_config(np->device, PCIR_STATUS, 2);
 3729                 if (pci_sts & 0xf900) {
 3730                         pci_write_config(np->device, PCIR_STATUS, pci_sts, 2);
 3731                         printf("%s: PCI STATUS = 0x%04x\n",
 3732                                 sym_name(np), pci_sts & 0xf900);
 3733                 }
 3734         }
 3735 }
 3736 
 3737 /*
 3738  *  chip interrupt handler
 3739  *
 3740  *  In normal situations, interrupt conditions occur one at
 3741  *  a time. But when something bad happens on the SCSI BUS,
 3742  *  the chip may raise several interrupt flags before
 3743  *  stopping and interrupting the CPU. The additionnal
 3744  *  interrupt flags are stacked in some extra registers
 3745  *  after the SIP and/or DIP flag has been raised in the
 3746  *  ISTAT. After the CPU has read the interrupt condition
 3747  *  flag from SIST or DSTAT, the chip unstacks the other
 3748  *  interrupt flags and sets the corresponding bits in
 3749  *  SIST or DSTAT. Since the chip starts stacking once the
 3750  *  SIP or DIP flag is set, there is a small window of time
 3751  *  where the stacking does not occur.
 3752  *
 3753  *  Typically, multiple interrupt conditions may happen in
 3754  *  the following situations:
 3755  *
 3756  *  - SCSI parity error + Phase mismatch  (PAR|MA)
 3757  *    When a parity error is detected in input phase
 3758  *    and the device switches to msg-in phase inside a
 3759  *    block MOV.
 3760  *  - SCSI parity error + Unexpected disconnect (PAR|UDC)
 3761  *    When a stupid device does not want to handle the
 3762  *    recovery of an SCSI parity error.
 3763  *  - Some combinations of STO, PAR, UDC, ...
 3764  *    When using non compliant SCSI stuff, when user is
 3765  *    doing non compliant hot tampering on the BUS, when
 3766  *    something really bad happens to a device, etc ...
 3767  *
 3768  *  The heuristic suggested by SYMBIOS to handle
 3769  *  multiple interrupts is to try unstacking all
 3770  *  interrupts conditions and to handle them on some
 3771  *  priority based on error severity.
 3772  *  This will work when the unstacking has been
 3773  *  successful, but we cannot be 100 % sure of that,
 3774  *  since the CPU may have been faster to unstack than
 3775  *  the chip is able to stack. Hmmm ... But it seems that
 3776  *  such a situation is very unlikely to happen.
 3777  *
 3778  *  If this happen, for example STO caught by the CPU
 3779  *  then UDC happenning before the CPU have restarted
 3780  *  the SCRIPTS, the driver may wrongly complete the
 3781  *  same command on UDC, since the SCRIPTS didn't restart
 3782  *  and the DSA still points to the same command.
 3783  *  We avoid this situation by setting the DSA to an
 3784  *  invalid value when the CCB is completed and before
 3785  *  restarting the SCRIPTS.
 3786  *
 3787  *  Another issue is that we need some section of our
 3788  *  recovery procedures to be somehow uninterruptible but
 3789  *  the SCRIPTS processor does not provides such a
 3790  *  feature. For this reason, we handle recovery preferently
 3791  *  from the C code and check against some SCRIPTS critical
 3792  *  sections from the C code.
 3793  *
 3794  *  Hopefully, the interrupt handling of the driver is now
 3795  *  able to resist to weird BUS error conditions, but donnot
 3796  *  ask me for any guarantee that it will never fail. :-)
 3797  *  Use at your own decision and risk.
 3798  */
 3799 static void sym_intr1 (hcb_p np)
 3800 {
 3801         u_char  istat, istatc;
 3802         u_char  dstat;
 3803         u_short sist;
 3804 
 3805         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 3806 
 3807         /*
 3808          *  interrupt on the fly ?
 3809          *
 3810          *  A `dummy read' is needed to ensure that the
 3811          *  clear of the INTF flag reaches the device
 3812          *  before the scanning of the DONE queue.
 3813          */
 3814         istat = INB (nc_istat);
 3815         if (istat & INTF) {
 3816                 OUTB (nc_istat, (istat & SIGP) | INTF | np->istat_sem);
 3817                 istat = INB (nc_istat);         /* DUMMY READ */
 3818                 if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY) printf ("F ");
 3819                 (void)sym_wakeup_done (np);
 3820         }
 3821 
 3822         if (!(istat & (SIP|DIP)))
 3823                 return;
 3824 
 3825 #if 0   /* We should never get this one */
 3826         if (istat & CABRT)
 3827                 OUTB (nc_istat, CABRT);
 3828 #endif
 3829 
 3830         /*
 3831          *  PAR and MA interrupts may occur at the same time,
 3832          *  and we need to know of both in order to handle
 3833          *  this situation properly. We try to unstack SCSI
 3834          *  interrupts for that reason. BTW, I dislike a LOT
 3835          *  such a loop inside the interrupt routine.
 3836          *  Even if DMA interrupt stacking is very unlikely to
 3837          *  happen, we also try unstacking these ones, since
 3838          *  this has no performance impact.
 3839          */
 3840         sist    = 0;
 3841         dstat   = 0;
 3842         istatc  = istat;
 3843         do {
 3844                 if (istatc & SIP)
 3845                         sist  |= INW (nc_sist);
 3846                 if (istatc & DIP)
 3847                         dstat |= INB (nc_dstat);
 3848                 istatc = INB (nc_istat);
 3849                 istat |= istatc;
 3850         } while (istatc & (SIP|DIP));
 3851 
 3852         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY)
 3853                 printf ("<%d|%x:%x|%x:%x>",
 3854                         (int)INB(nc_scr0),
 3855                         dstat,sist,
 3856                         (unsigned)INL(nc_dsp),
 3857                         (unsigned)INL(nc_dbc));
 3858         /*
 3859          *  On paper, a memory barrier may be needed here.
 3860          *  And since we are paranoid ... :)
 3861          */
 3862         MEMORY_BARRIER();
 3863 
 3864         /*
 3865          *  First, interrupts we want to service cleanly.
 3866          *
 3867          *  Phase mismatch (MA) is the most frequent interrupt
 3868          *  for chip earlier than the 896 and so we have to service
 3869          *  it as quickly as possible.
 3870          *  A SCSI parity error (PAR) may be combined with a phase
 3871          *  mismatch condition (MA).
 3872          *  Programmed interrupts (SIR) are used to call the C code
 3873          *  from SCRIPTS.
 3874          *  The single step interrupt (SSI) is not used in this
 3875          *  driver.
 3876          */
 3877         if (!(sist  & (STO|GEN|HTH|SGE|UDC|SBMC|RST)) &&
 3878             !(dstat & (MDPE|BF|ABRT|IID))) {
 3879                 if      (sist & PAR)    sym_int_par (np, sist);
 3880                 else if (sist & MA)     sym_int_ma (np);
 3881                 else if (dstat & SIR)   sym_int_sir (np);
 3882                 else if (dstat & SSI)   OUTONB_STD ();
 3883                 else                    goto unknown_int;
 3884                 return;
 3885         }
 3886 
 3887         /*
 3888          *  Now, interrupts that donnot happen in normal
 3889          *  situations and that we may need to recover from.
 3890          *
 3891          *  On SCSI RESET (RST), we reset everything.
 3892          *  On SCSI BUS MODE CHANGE (SBMC), we complete all
 3893          *  active CCBs with RESET status, prepare all devices
 3894          *  for negotiating again and restart the SCRIPTS.
 3895          *  On STO and UDC, we complete the CCB with the corres-
 3896          *  ponding status and restart the SCRIPTS.
 3897          */
 3898         if (sist & RST) {
 3899                 xpt_print_path(np->path);
 3900                 printf("SCSI BUS reset detected.\n");
 3901                 sym_init (np, 1);
 3902                 return;
 3903         }
 3904 
 3905         OUTB (nc_ctest3, np->rv_ctest3 | CLF);  /* clear dma fifo  */
 3906         OUTB (nc_stest3, TE|CSF);               /* clear scsi fifo */
 3907 
 3908         if (!(sist  & (GEN|HTH|SGE)) &&
 3909             !(dstat & (MDPE|BF|ABRT|IID))) {
 3910                 if      (sist & SBMC)   sym_int_sbmc (np);
 3911                 else if (sist & STO)    sym_int_sto (np);
 3912                 else if (sist & UDC)    sym_int_udc (np);
 3913                 else                    goto unknown_int;
 3914                 return;
 3915         }
 3916 
 3917         /*
 3918          *  Now, interrupts we are not able to recover cleanly.
 3919          *
 3920          *  Log message for hard errors.
 3921          *  Reset everything.
 3922          */
 3923 
 3924         sym_log_hard_error(np, sist, dstat);
 3925 
 3926         if ((sist & (GEN|HTH|SGE)) ||
 3927                 (dstat & (MDPE|BF|ABRT|IID))) {
 3928                 sym_start_reset(np);
 3929                 return;
 3930         }
 3931 
 3932 unknown_int:
 3933         /*
 3934          *  We just miss the cause of the interrupt. :(
 3935          *  Print a message. The timeout will do the real work.
 3936          */
 3937         printf( "%s: unknown interrupt(s) ignored, "
 3938                 "ISTAT=0x%x DSTAT=0x%x SIST=0x%x\n",
 3939                 sym_name(np), istat, dstat, sist);
 3940 }
 3941 
 3942 static void sym_intr(void *arg)
 3943 {
 3944         hcb_p np = arg;
 3945 
 3946         SYM_LOCK();
 3947 
 3948         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY) printf ("[");
 3949         sym_intr1((hcb_p) arg);
 3950         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY) printf ("]");
 3951 
 3952         SYM_UNLOCK();
 3953 }
 3954 
 3955 static void sym_poll(struct cam_sim *sim)
 3956 {
 3957         sym_intr1(cam_sim_softc(sim));
 3958 }
 3959 
 3960 /*
 3961  *  generic recovery from scsi interrupt
 3962  *
 3963  *  The doc says that when the chip gets an SCSI interrupt,
 3964  *  it tries to stop in an orderly fashion, by completing
 3965  *  an instruction fetch that had started or by flushing
 3966  *  the DMA fifo for a write to memory that was executing.
 3967  *  Such a fashion is not enough to know if the instruction
 3968  *  that was just before the current DSP value has been
 3969  *  executed or not.
 3970  *
 3971  *  There are some small SCRIPTS sections that deal with
 3972  *  the start queue and the done queue that may break any
 3973  *  assomption from the C code if we are interrupted
 3974  *  inside, so we reset if this happens. Btw, since these
 3975  *  SCRIPTS sections are executed while the SCRIPTS hasn't
 3976  *  started SCSI operations, it is very unlikely to happen.
 3977  *
 3978  *  All the driver data structures are supposed to be
 3979  *  allocated from the same 4 GB memory window, so there
 3980  *  is a 1 to 1 relationship between DSA and driver data
 3981  *  structures. Since we are careful :) to invalidate the
 3982  *  DSA when we complete a command or when the SCRIPTS
 3983  *  pushes a DSA into a queue, we can trust it when it
 3984  *  points to a CCB.
 3985  */
 3986 static void sym_recover_scsi_int (hcb_p np, u_char hsts)
 3987 {
 3988         u32     dsp     = INL (nc_dsp);
 3989         u32     dsa     = INL (nc_dsa);
 3990         ccb_p cp        = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, dsa);
 3991 
 3992         /*
 3993          *  If we haven't been interrupted inside the SCRIPTS
 3994          *  critical paths, we can safely restart the SCRIPTS
 3995          *  and trust the DSA value if it matches a CCB.
 3996          */
 3997         if ((!(dsp > SCRIPTA_BA (np, getjob_begin) &&
 3998                dsp < SCRIPTA_BA (np, getjob_end) + 1)) &&
 3999             (!(dsp > SCRIPTA_BA (np, ungetjob) &&
 4000                dsp < SCRIPTA_BA (np, reselect) + 1)) &&
 4001             (!(dsp > SCRIPTB_BA (np, sel_for_abort) &&
 4002                dsp < SCRIPTB_BA (np, sel_for_abort_1) + 1)) &&
 4003             (!(dsp > SCRIPTA_BA (np, done) &&
 4004                dsp < SCRIPTA_BA (np, done_end) + 1))) {
 4005                 OUTB (nc_ctest3, np->rv_ctest3 | CLF);  /* clear dma fifo  */
 4006                 OUTB (nc_stest3, TE|CSF);               /* clear scsi fifo */
 4007                 /*
 4008                  *  If we have a CCB, let the SCRIPTS call us back for
 4009                  *  the handling of the error with SCRATCHA filled with
 4010                  *  STARTPOS. This way, we will be able to freeze the
 4011                  *  device queue and requeue awaiting IOs.
 4012                  */
 4013                 if (cp) {
 4014                         cp->host_status = hsts;
 4015                         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, complete_error));
 4016                 }
 4017                 /*
 4018                  *  Otherwise just restart the SCRIPTS.
 4019                  */
 4020                 else {
 4021                         OUTL (nc_dsa, 0xffffff);
 4022                         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, start));
 4023                 }
 4024         }
 4025         else
 4026                 goto reset_all;
 4027 
 4028         return;
 4029 
 4030 reset_all:
 4031         sym_start_reset(np);
 4032 }
 4033 
 4034 /*
 4035  *  chip exception handler for selection timeout
 4036  */
 4037 static void sym_int_sto (hcb_p np)
 4038 {
 4039         u32 dsp = INL (nc_dsp);
 4040 
 4041         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY) printf ("T");
 4042 
 4043         if (dsp == SCRIPTA_BA (np, wf_sel_done) + 8)
 4044                 sym_recover_scsi_int(np, HS_SEL_TIMEOUT);
 4045         else
 4046                 sym_start_reset(np);
 4047 }
 4048 
 4049 /*
 4050  *  chip exception handler for unexpected disconnect
 4051  */
 4052 static void sym_int_udc (hcb_p np)
 4053 {
 4054         printf ("%s: unexpected disconnect\n", sym_name(np));
 4055         sym_recover_scsi_int(np, HS_UNEXPECTED);
 4056 }
 4057 
 4058 /*
 4059  *  chip exception handler for SCSI bus mode change
 4060  *
 4061  *  spi2-r12 11.2.3 says a transceiver mode change must
 4062  *  generate a reset event and a device that detects a reset
 4063  *  event shall initiate a hard reset. It says also that a
 4064  *  device that detects a mode change shall set data transfer
 4065  *  mode to eight bit asynchronous, etc...
 4066  *  So, just reinitializing all except chip should be enough.
 4067  */
 4068 static void sym_int_sbmc (hcb_p np)
 4069 {
 4070         u_char scsi_mode = INB (nc_stest4) & SMODE;
 4071 
 4072         /*
 4073          *  Notify user.
 4074          */
 4075         xpt_print_path(np->path);
 4076         printf("SCSI BUS mode change from %s to %s.\n",
 4077                 sym_scsi_bus_mode(np->scsi_mode), sym_scsi_bus_mode(scsi_mode));
 4078 
 4079         /*
 4080          *  Should suspend command processing for a few seconds and
 4081          *  reinitialize all except the chip.
 4082          */
 4083         sym_init (np, 2);
 4084 }
 4085 
 4086 /*
 4087  *  chip exception handler for SCSI parity error.
 4088  *
 4089  *  When the chip detects a SCSI parity error and is
 4090  *  currently executing a (CH)MOV instruction, it does
 4091  *  not interrupt immediately, but tries to finish the
 4092  *  transfer of the current scatter entry before
 4093  *  interrupting. The following situations may occur:
 4094  *
 4095  *  - The complete scatter entry has been transferred
 4096  *    without the device having changed phase.
 4097  *    The chip will then interrupt with the DSP pointing
 4098  *    to the instruction that follows the MOV.
 4099  *
 4100  *  - A phase mismatch occurs before the MOV finished
 4101  *    and phase errors are to be handled by the C code.
 4102  *    The chip will then interrupt with both PAR and MA
 4103  *    conditions set.
 4104  *
 4105  *  - A phase mismatch occurs before the MOV finished and
 4106  *    phase errors are to be handled by SCRIPTS.
 4107  *    The chip will load the DSP with the phase mismatch
 4108  *    JUMP address and interrupt the host processor.
 4109  */
 4110 static void sym_int_par (hcb_p np, u_short sist)
 4111 {
 4112         u_char  hsts    = INB (HS_PRT);
 4113         u32     dsp     = INL (nc_dsp);
 4114         u32     dbc     = INL (nc_dbc);
 4115         u32     dsa     = INL (nc_dsa);
 4116         u_char  sbcl    = INB (nc_sbcl);
 4117         u_char  cmd     = dbc >> 24;
 4118         int phase       = cmd & 7;
 4119         ccb_p   cp      = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, dsa);
 4120 
 4121         printf("%s: SCSI parity error detected: SCR1=%d DBC=%x SBCL=%x\n",
 4122                 sym_name(np), hsts, dbc, sbcl);
 4123 
 4124         /*
 4125          *  Check that the chip is connected to the SCSI BUS.
 4126          */
 4127         if (!(INB (nc_scntl1) & ISCON)) {
 4128                 sym_recover_scsi_int(np, HS_UNEXPECTED);
 4129                 return;
 4130         }
 4131 
 4132         /*
 4133          *  If the nexus is not clearly identified, reset the bus.
 4134          *  We will try to do better later.
 4135          */
 4136         if (!cp)
 4137                 goto reset_all;
 4138 
 4139         /*
 4140          *  Check instruction was a MOV, direction was INPUT and
 4141          *  ATN is asserted.
 4142          */
 4143         if ((cmd & 0xc0) || !(phase & 1) || !(sbcl & 0x8))
 4144                 goto reset_all;
 4145 
 4146         /*
 4147          *  Keep track of the parity error.
 4148          */
 4149         OUTONB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 4150         cp->xerr_status |= XE_PARITY_ERR;
 4151 
 4152         /*
 4153          *  Prepare the message to send to the device.
 4154          */
 4155         np->msgout[0] = (phase == 7) ? M_PARITY : M_ID_ERROR;
 4156 
 4157         /*
 4158          *  If the old phase was DATA IN phase, we have to deal with
 4159          *  the 3 situations described above.
 4160          *  For other input phases (MSG IN and STATUS), the device
 4161          *  must resend the whole thing that failed parity checking
 4162          *  or signal error. So, jumping to dispatcher should be OK.
 4163          */
 4164         if (phase == 1 || phase == 5) {
 4165                 /* Phase mismatch handled by SCRIPTS */
 4166                 if (dsp == SCRIPTB_BA (np, pm_handle))
 4167                         OUTL_DSP (dsp);
 4168                 /* Phase mismatch handled by the C code */
 4169                 else if (sist & MA)
 4170                         sym_int_ma (np);
 4171                 /* No phase mismatch occurred */
 4172                 else {
 4173                         OUTL (nc_temp, dsp);
 4174                         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, dispatch));
 4175                 }
 4176         }
 4177         else
 4178                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 4179         return;
 4180 
 4181 reset_all:
 4182         sym_start_reset(np);
 4183 }
 4184 
 4185 /*
 4186  *  chip exception handler for phase errors.
 4187  *
 4188  *  We have to construct a new transfer descriptor,
 4189  *  to transfer the rest of the current block.
 4190  */
 4191 static void sym_int_ma (hcb_p np)
 4192 {
 4193         u32     dbc;
 4194         u32     rest;
 4195         u32     dsp;
 4196         u32     dsa;
 4197         u32     nxtdsp;
 4198         u32     *vdsp;
 4199         u32     oadr, olen;
 4200         u32     *tblp;
 4201         u32     newcmd;
 4202         u_int   delta;
 4203         u_char  cmd;
 4204         u_char  hflags, hflags0;
 4205         struct  sym_pmc *pm;
 4206         ccb_p   cp;
 4207 
 4208         dsp     = INL (nc_dsp);
 4209         dbc     = INL (nc_dbc);
 4210         dsa     = INL (nc_dsa);
 4211 
 4212         cmd     = dbc >> 24;
 4213         rest    = dbc & 0xffffff;
 4214         delta   = 0;
 4215 
 4216         /*
 4217          *  locate matching cp if any.
 4218          */
 4219         cp = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, dsa);
 4220 
 4221         /*
 4222          *  Donnot take into account dma fifo and various buffers in
 4223          *  INPUT phase since the chip flushes everything before
 4224          *  raising the MA interrupt for interrupted INPUT phases.
 4225          *  For DATA IN phase, we will check for the SWIDE later.
 4226          */
 4227         if ((cmd & 7) != 1 && (cmd & 7) != 5) {
 4228                 u_char ss0, ss2;
 4229 
 4230                 if (np->features & FE_DFBC)
 4231                         delta = INW (nc_dfbc);
 4232                 else {
 4233                         u32 dfifo;
 4234 
 4235                         /*
 4236                          * Read DFIFO, CTEST[4-6] using 1 PCI bus ownership.
 4237                          */
 4238                         dfifo = INL(nc_dfifo);
 4239 
 4240                         /*
 4241                          *  Calculate remaining bytes in DMA fifo.
 4242                          *  (CTEST5 = dfifo >> 16)
 4243                          */
 4244                         if (dfifo & (DFS << 16))
 4245                                 delta = ((((dfifo >> 8) & 0x300) |
 4246                                           (dfifo & 0xff)) - rest) & 0x3ff;
 4247                         else
 4248                                 delta = ((dfifo & 0xff) - rest) & 0x7f;
 4249                 }
 4250 
 4251                 /*
 4252                  *  The data in the dma fifo has not been transferred to
 4253                  *  the target -> add the amount to the rest
 4254                  *  and clear the data.
 4255                  *  Check the sstat2 register in case of wide transfer.
 4256                  */
 4257                 rest += delta;
 4258                 ss0  = INB (nc_sstat0);
 4259                 if (ss0 & OLF) rest++;
 4260                 if (!(np->features & FE_C10))
 4261                         if (ss0 & ORF) rest++;
 4262                 if (cp && (cp->phys.select.sel_scntl3 & EWS)) {
 4263                         ss2 = INB (nc_sstat2);
 4264                         if (ss2 & OLF1) rest++;
 4265                         if (!(np->features & FE_C10))
 4266                                 if (ss2 & ORF1) rest++;
 4267                 }
 4268 
 4269                 /*
 4270                  *  Clear fifos.
 4271                  */
 4272                 OUTB (nc_ctest3, np->rv_ctest3 | CLF);  /* dma fifo  */
 4273                 OUTB (nc_stest3, TE|CSF);               /* scsi fifo */
 4274         }
 4275 
 4276         /*
 4277          *  log the information
 4278          */
 4279         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & (DEBUG_TINY|DEBUG_PHASE))
 4280                 printf ("P%x%x RL=%d D=%d ", cmd&7, INB(nc_sbcl)&7,
 4281                         (unsigned) rest, (unsigned) delta);
 4282 
 4283         /*
 4284          *  try to find the interrupted script command,
 4285          *  and the address at which to continue.
 4286          */
 4287         vdsp    = NULL;
 4288         nxtdsp  = 0;
 4289         if      (dsp >  np->scripta_ba &&
 4290                  dsp <= np->scripta_ba + np->scripta_sz) {
 4291                 vdsp = (u32 *)((char*)np->scripta0 + (dsp-np->scripta_ba-8));
 4292                 nxtdsp = dsp;
 4293         }
 4294         else if (dsp >  np->scriptb_ba &&
 4295                  dsp <= np->scriptb_ba + np->scriptb_sz) {
 4296                 vdsp = (u32 *)((char*)np->scriptb0 + (dsp-np->scriptb_ba-8));
 4297                 nxtdsp = dsp;
 4298         }
 4299 
 4300         /*
 4301          *  log the information
 4302          */
 4303         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_PHASE) {
 4304                 printf ("\nCP=%p DSP=%x NXT=%x VDSP=%p CMD=%x ",
 4305                         cp, (unsigned)dsp, (unsigned)nxtdsp, vdsp, cmd);
 4306         }
 4307 
 4308         if (!vdsp) {
 4309                 printf ("%s: interrupted SCRIPT address not found.\n",
 4310                         sym_name (np));
 4311                 goto reset_all;
 4312         }
 4313 
 4314         if (!cp) {
 4315                 printf ("%s: SCSI phase error fixup: CCB already dequeued.\n",
 4316                         sym_name (np));
 4317                 goto reset_all;
 4318         }
 4319 
 4320         /*
 4321          *  get old startaddress and old length.
 4322          */
 4323         oadr = scr_to_cpu(vdsp[1]);
 4324 
 4325         if (cmd & 0x10) {       /* Table indirect */
 4326                 tblp = (u32 *) ((char*) &cp->phys + oadr);
 4327                 olen = scr_to_cpu(tblp[0]);
 4328                 oadr = scr_to_cpu(tblp[1]);
 4329         } else {
 4330                 tblp = (u32 *) 0;
 4331                 olen = scr_to_cpu(vdsp[0]) & 0xffffff;
 4332         }
 4333 
 4334         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_PHASE) {
 4335                 printf ("OCMD=%x\nTBLP=%p OLEN=%x OADR=%x\n",
 4336                         (unsigned) (scr_to_cpu(vdsp[0]) >> 24),
 4337                         tblp,
 4338                         (unsigned) olen,
 4339                         (unsigned) oadr);
 4340         }
 4341 
 4342         /*
 4343          *  check cmd against assumed interrupted script command.
 4344          *  If dt data phase, the MOVE instruction hasn't bit 4 of
 4345          *  the phase.
 4346          */
 4347         if (((cmd & 2) ? cmd : (cmd & ~4)) != (scr_to_cpu(vdsp[0]) >> 24)) {
 4348                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 4349                 printf ("internal error: cmd=%02x != %02x=(vdsp[0] >> 24)\n",
 4350                         (unsigned)cmd, (unsigned)scr_to_cpu(vdsp[0]) >> 24);
 4351 
 4352                 goto reset_all;
 4353         }
 4354 
 4355         /*
 4356          *  if old phase not dataphase, leave here.
 4357          */
 4358         if (cmd & 2) {
 4359                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 4360                 printf ("phase change %x-%x %d@%08x resid=%d.\n",
 4361                         cmd&7, INB(nc_sbcl)&7, (unsigned)olen,
 4362                         (unsigned)oadr, (unsigned)rest);
 4363                 goto unexpected_phase;
 4364         }
 4365 
 4366         /*
 4367          *  Choose the correct PM save area.
 4368          *
 4369          *  Look at the PM_SAVE SCRIPT if you want to understand
 4370          *  this stuff. The equivalent code is implemented in
 4371          *  SCRIPTS for the 895A, 896 and 1010 that are able to
 4372          *  handle PM from the SCRIPTS processor.
 4373          */
 4374         hflags0 = INB (HF_PRT);
 4375         hflags = hflags0;
 4376 
 4377         if (hflags & (HF_IN_PM0 | HF_IN_PM1 | HF_DP_SAVED)) {
 4378                 if (hflags & HF_IN_PM0)
 4379                         nxtdsp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.pm0.ret);
 4380                 else if (hflags & HF_IN_PM1)
 4381                         nxtdsp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.pm1.ret);
 4382 
 4383                 if (hflags & HF_DP_SAVED)
 4384                         hflags ^= HF_ACT_PM;
 4385         }
 4386 
 4387         if (!(hflags & HF_ACT_PM)) {
 4388                 pm = &cp->phys.pm0;
 4389                 newcmd = SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm0_data);
 4390         }
 4391         else {
 4392                 pm = &cp->phys.pm1;
 4393                 newcmd = SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm1_data);
 4394         }
 4395 
 4396         hflags &= ~(HF_IN_PM0 | HF_IN_PM1 | HF_DP_SAVED);
 4397         if (hflags != hflags0)
 4398                 OUTB (HF_PRT, hflags);
 4399 
 4400         /*
 4401          *  fillin the phase mismatch context
 4402          */
 4403         pm->sg.addr = cpu_to_scr(oadr + olen - rest);
 4404         pm->sg.size = cpu_to_scr(rest);
 4405         pm->ret     = cpu_to_scr(nxtdsp);
 4406 
 4407         /*
 4408          *  If we have a SWIDE,
 4409          *  - prepare the address to write the SWIDE from SCRIPTS,
 4410          *  - compute the SCRIPTS address to restart from,
 4411          *  - move current data pointer context by one byte.
 4412          */
 4413         nxtdsp = SCRIPTA_BA (np, dispatch);
 4414         if ((cmd & 7) == 1 && cp && (cp->phys.select.sel_scntl3 & EWS) &&
 4415             (INB (nc_scntl2) & WSR)) {
 4416                 u32 tmp;
 4417 
 4418                 /*
 4419                  *  Set up the table indirect for the MOVE
 4420                  *  of the residual byte and adjust the data
 4421                  *  pointer context.
 4422                  */
 4423                 tmp = scr_to_cpu(pm->sg.addr);
 4424                 cp->phys.wresid.addr = cpu_to_scr(tmp);
 4425                 pm->sg.addr = cpu_to_scr(tmp + 1);
 4426                 tmp = scr_to_cpu(pm->sg.size);
 4427                 cp->phys.wresid.size = cpu_to_scr((tmp&0xff000000) | 1);
 4428                 pm->sg.size = cpu_to_scr(tmp - 1);
 4429 
 4430                 /*
 4431                  *  If only the residual byte is to be moved,
 4432                  *  no PM context is needed.
 4433                  */
 4434                 if ((tmp&0xffffff) == 1)
 4435                         newcmd = pm->ret;
 4436 
 4437                 /*
 4438                  *  Prepare the address of SCRIPTS that will
 4439                  *  move the residual byte to memory.
 4440                  */
 4441                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTB_BA (np, wsr_ma_helper);
 4442         }
 4443 
 4444         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_PHASE) {
 4445                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 4446                 printf ("PM %x %x %x / %x %x %x.\n",
 4447                         hflags0, hflags, newcmd,
 4448                         (unsigned)scr_to_cpu(pm->sg.addr),
 4449                         (unsigned)scr_to_cpu(pm->sg.size),
 4450                         (unsigned)scr_to_cpu(pm->ret));
 4451         }
 4452 
 4453         /*
 4454          *  Restart the SCRIPTS processor.
 4455          */
 4456         OUTL (nc_temp, newcmd);
 4457         OUTL_DSP (nxtdsp);
 4458         return;
 4459 
 4460         /*
 4461          *  Unexpected phase changes that occurs when the current phase
 4462          *  is not a DATA IN or DATA OUT phase are due to error conditions.
 4463          *  Such event may only happen when the SCRIPTS is using a
 4464          *  multibyte SCSI MOVE.
 4465          *
 4466          *  Phase change                Some possible cause
 4467          *
 4468          *  COMMAND  --> MSG IN SCSI parity error detected by target.
 4469          *  COMMAND  --> STATUS Bad command or refused by target.
 4470          *  MSG OUT  --> MSG IN     Message rejected by target.
 4471          *  MSG OUT  --> COMMAND    Bogus target that discards extended
 4472          *                      negotiation messages.
 4473          *
 4474          *  The code below does not care of the new phase and so
 4475          *  trusts the target. Why to annoy it ?
 4476          *  If the interrupted phase is COMMAND phase, we restart at
 4477          *  dispatcher.
 4478          *  If a target does not get all the messages after selection,
 4479          *  the code assumes blindly that the target discards extended
 4480          *  messages and clears the negotiation status.
 4481          *  If the target does not want all our response to negotiation,
 4482          *  we force a SIR_NEGO_PROTO interrupt (it is a hack that avoids
 4483          *  bloat for such a should_not_happen situation).
 4484          *  In all other situation, we reset the BUS.
 4485          *  Are these assumptions reasonnable ? (Wait and see ...)
 4486          */
 4487 unexpected_phase:
 4488         dsp -= 8;
 4489         nxtdsp = 0;
 4490 
 4491         switch (cmd & 7) {
 4492         case 2: /* COMMAND phase */
 4493                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTA_BA (np, dispatch);
 4494                 break;
 4495 #if 0
 4496         case 3: /* STATUS  phase */
 4497                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTA_BA (np, dispatch);
 4498                 break;
 4499 #endif
 4500         case 6: /* MSG OUT phase */
 4501                 /*
 4502                  *  If the device may want to use untagged when we want
 4503                  *  tagged, we prepare an IDENTIFY without disc. granted,
 4504                  *  since we will not be able to handle reselect.
 4505                  *  Otherwise, we just don't care.
 4506                  */
 4507                 if      (dsp == SCRIPTA_BA (np, send_ident)) {
 4508                         if (cp->tag != NO_TAG && olen - rest <= 3) {
 4509                                 cp->host_status = HS_BUSY;
 4510                                 np->msgout[0] = M_IDENTIFY | cp->lun;
 4511                                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTB_BA (np, ident_break_atn);
 4512                         }
 4513                         else
 4514                                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTB_BA (np, ident_break);
 4515                 }
 4516                 else if (dsp == SCRIPTB_BA (np, send_wdtr) ||
 4517                          dsp == SCRIPTB_BA (np, send_sdtr) ||
 4518                          dsp == SCRIPTB_BA (np, send_ppr)) {
 4519                         nxtdsp = SCRIPTB_BA (np, nego_bad_phase);
 4520                 }
 4521                 break;
 4522 #if 0
 4523         case 7: /* MSG IN  phase */
 4524                 nxtdsp = SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack);
 4525                 break;
 4526 #endif
 4527         }
 4528 
 4529         if (nxtdsp) {
 4530                 OUTL_DSP (nxtdsp);
 4531                 return;
 4532         }
 4533 
 4534 reset_all:
 4535         sym_start_reset(np);
 4536 }
 4537 
 4538 /*
 4539  *  Dequeue from the START queue all CCBs that match
 4540  *  a given target/lun/task condition (-1 means all),
 4541  *  and move them from the BUSY queue to the COMP queue
 4542  *  with CAM_REQUEUE_REQ status condition.
 4543  *  This function is used during error handling/recovery.
 4544  *  It is called with SCRIPTS not running.
 4545  */
 4546 static int
 4547 sym_dequeue_from_squeue(hcb_p np, int i, int target, int lun, int task)
 4548 {
 4549         int j;
 4550         ccb_p cp;
 4551 
 4552         /*
 4553          *  Make sure the starting index is within range.
 4554          */
 4555         assert((i >= 0) && (i < 2*MAX_QUEUE));
 4556 
 4557         /*
 4558          *  Walk until end of START queue and dequeue every job
 4559          *  that matches the target/lun/task condition.
 4560          */
 4561         j = i;
 4562         while (i != np->squeueput) {
 4563                 cp = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, scr_to_cpu(np->squeue[i]));
 4564                 assert(cp);
 4565 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 4566                 /* Forget hints for IARB, they may be no longer relevant */
 4567                 cp->host_flags &= ~HF_HINT_IARB;
 4568 #endif
 4569                 if ((target == -1 || cp->target == target) &&
 4570                     (lun    == -1 || cp->lun    == lun)    &&
 4571                     (task   == -1 || cp->tag    == task)) {
 4572                         sym_set_cam_status(cp->cam_ccb, CAM_REQUEUE_REQ);
 4573                         sym_remque(&cp->link_ccbq);
 4574                         sym_insque_tail(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->comp_ccbq);
 4575                 }
 4576                 else {
 4577                         if (i != j)
 4578                                 np->squeue[j] = np->squeue[i];
 4579                         if ((j += 2) >= MAX_QUEUE*2) j = 0;
 4580                 }
 4581                 if ((i += 2) >= MAX_QUEUE*2) i = 0;
 4582         }
 4583         if (i != j)             /* Copy back the idle task if needed */
 4584                 np->squeue[j] = np->squeue[i];
 4585         np->squeueput = j;      /* Update our current start queue pointer */
 4586 
 4587         return (i - j) / 2;
 4588 }
 4589 
 4590 /*
 4591  *  Complete all CCBs queued to the COMP queue.
 4592  *
 4593  *  These CCBs are assumed:
 4594  *  - Not to be referenced either by devices or
 4595  *    SCRIPTS-related queues and datas.
 4596  *  - To have to be completed with an error condition
 4597  *    or requeued.
 4598  *
 4599  *  The device queue freeze count is incremented
 4600  *  for each CCB that does not prevent this.
 4601  *  This function is called when all CCBs involved
 4602  *  in error handling/recovery have been reaped.
 4603  */
 4604 static void
 4605 sym_flush_comp_queue(hcb_p np, int cam_status)
 4606 {
 4607         SYM_QUEHEAD *qp;
 4608         ccb_p cp;
 4609 
 4610         while ((qp = sym_remque_head(&np->comp_ccbq)) != NULL) {
 4611                 union ccb *ccb;
 4612                 cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 4613                 sym_insque_tail(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->busy_ccbq);
 4614                 /* Leave quiet CCBs waiting for resources */
 4615                 if (cp->host_status == HS_WAIT)
 4616                         continue;
 4617                 ccb = cp->cam_ccb;
 4618                 if (cam_status)
 4619                         sym_set_cam_status(ccb, cam_status);
 4620                 sym_freeze_cam_ccb(ccb);
 4621                 sym_xpt_done(np, ccb, cp);
 4622                 sym_free_ccb(np, cp);
 4623         }
 4624 }
 4625 
 4626 /*
 4627  *  chip handler for bad SCSI status condition
 4628  *
 4629  *  In case of bad SCSI status, we unqueue all the tasks
 4630  *  currently queued to the controller but not yet started
 4631  *  and then restart the SCRIPTS processor immediately.
 4632  *
 4633  *  QUEUE FULL and BUSY conditions are handled the same way.
 4634  *  Basically all the not yet started tasks are requeued in
 4635  *  device queue and the queue is frozen until a completion.
 4636  *
 4637  *  For CHECK CONDITION and COMMAND TERMINATED status, we use
 4638  *  the CCB of the failed command to prepare a REQUEST SENSE
 4639  *  SCSI command and queue it to the controller queue.
 4640  *
 4641  *  SCRATCHA is assumed to have been loaded with STARTPOS
 4642  *  before the SCRIPTS called the C code.
 4643  */
 4644 static void sym_sir_bad_scsi_status(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 4645 {
 4646         tcb_p tp        = &np->target[cp->target];
 4647         u32             startp;
 4648         u_char          s_status = cp->ssss_status;
 4649         u_char          h_flags  = cp->host_flags;
 4650         int             msglen;
 4651         int             nego;
 4652         int             i;
 4653 
 4654         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 4655 
 4656         /*
 4657          *  Compute the index of the next job to start from SCRIPTS.
 4658          */
 4659         i = (INL (nc_scratcha) - np->squeue_ba) / 4;
 4660 
 4661         /*
 4662          *  The last CCB queued used for IARB hint may be
 4663          *  no longer relevant. Forget it.
 4664          */
 4665 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 4666         if (np->last_cp)
 4667                 np->last_cp = NULL;
 4668 #endif
 4669 
 4670         /*
 4671          *  Now deal with the SCSI status.
 4672          */
 4673         switch(s_status) {
 4674         case S_BUSY:
 4675         case S_QUEUE_FULL:
 4676                 if (sym_verbose >= 2) {
 4677                         PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 4678                         printf (s_status == S_BUSY ? "BUSY" : "QUEUE FULL\n");
 4679                 }
 4680                 /* FALLTHROUGH */
 4681         default:        /* S_INT, S_INT_COND_MET, S_CONFLICT */
 4682                 sym_complete_error (np, cp);
 4683                 break;
 4684         case S_TERMINATED:
 4685         case S_CHECK_COND:
 4686                 /*
 4687                  *  If we get an SCSI error when requesting sense, give up.
 4688                  */
 4689                 if (h_flags & HF_SENSE) {
 4690                         sym_complete_error (np, cp);
 4691                         break;
 4692                 }
 4693 
 4694                 /*
 4695                  *  Dequeue all queued CCBs for that device not yet started,
 4696                  *  and restart the SCRIPTS processor immediately.
 4697                  */
 4698                 (void) sym_dequeue_from_squeue(np, i, cp->target, cp->lun, -1);
 4699                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, start));
 4700 
 4701                 /*
 4702                  *  Save some info of the actual IO.
 4703                  *  Compute the data residual.
 4704                  */
 4705                 cp->sv_scsi_status = cp->ssss_status;
 4706                 cp->sv_xerr_status = cp->xerr_status;
 4707                 cp->sv_resid = sym_compute_residual(np, cp);
 4708 
 4709                 /*
 4710                  *  Prepare all needed data structures for
 4711                  *  requesting sense data.
 4712                  */
 4713 
 4714                 /*
 4715                  *  identify message
 4716                  */
 4717                 cp->scsi_smsg2[0] = M_IDENTIFY | cp->lun;
 4718                 msglen = 1;
 4719 
 4720                 /*
 4721                  *  If we are currently using anything different from
 4722                  *  async. 8 bit data transfers with that target,
 4723                  *  start a negotiation, since the device may want
 4724                  *  to report us a UNIT ATTENTION condition due to
 4725                  *  a cause we currently ignore, and we donnot want
 4726                  *  to be stuck with WIDE and/or SYNC data transfer.
 4727                  *
 4728                  *  cp->nego_status is filled by sym_prepare_nego().
 4729                  */
 4730                 cp->nego_status = 0;
 4731                 nego = 0;
 4732                 if      (tp->tinfo.current.options & PPR_OPT_MASK)
 4733                         nego = NS_PPR;
 4734                 else if (tp->tinfo.current.width != BUS_8_BIT)
 4735                         nego = NS_WIDE;
 4736                 else if (tp->tinfo.current.offset != 0)
 4737                         nego = NS_SYNC;
 4738                 if (nego)
 4739                         msglen +=
 4740                         sym_prepare_nego (np,cp, nego, &cp->scsi_smsg2[msglen]);
 4741                 /*
 4742                  *  Message table indirect structure.
 4743                  */
 4744                 cp->phys.smsg.addr      = cpu_to_scr(CCB_BA (cp, scsi_smsg2));
 4745                 cp->phys.smsg.size      = cpu_to_scr(msglen);
 4746 
 4747                 /*
 4748                  *  sense command
 4749                  */
 4750                 cp->phys.cmd.addr       = cpu_to_scr(CCB_BA (cp, sensecmd));
 4751                 cp->phys.cmd.size       = cpu_to_scr(6);
 4752 
 4753                 /*
 4754                  *  patch requested size into sense command
 4755                  */
 4756                 cp->sensecmd[0]         = 0x03;
 4757                 cp->sensecmd[1]         = cp->lun << 5;
 4758                 if (tp->tinfo.current.scsi_version > 2 || cp->lun > 7)
 4759                         cp->sensecmd[1] = 0;
 4760                 cp->sensecmd[4]         = SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN;
 4761                 cp->data_len            = SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN;
 4762 
 4763                 /*
 4764                  *  sense data
 4765                  */
 4766                 bzero(cp->sns_bbuf, SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN);
 4767                 cp->phys.sense.addr     = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(cp->sns_bbuf));
 4768                 cp->phys.sense.size     = cpu_to_scr(SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN);
 4769 
 4770                 /*
 4771                  *  requeue the command.
 4772                  */
 4773                 startp = SCRIPTB_BA (np, sdata_in);
 4774 
 4775                 cp->phys.head.savep     = cpu_to_scr(startp);
 4776                 cp->phys.head.goalp     = cpu_to_scr(startp + 16);
 4777                 cp->phys.head.lastp     = cpu_to_scr(startp);
 4778                 cp->startp      = cpu_to_scr(startp);
 4779 
 4780                 cp->actualquirks = SYM_QUIRK_AUTOSAVE;
 4781                 cp->host_status = cp->nego_status ? HS_NEGOTIATE : HS_BUSY;
 4782                 cp->ssss_status = S_ILLEGAL;
 4783                 cp->host_flags  = (HF_SENSE|HF_DATA_IN);
 4784                 cp->xerr_status = 0;
 4785                 cp->extra_bytes = 0;
 4786 
 4787                 cp->phys.head.go.start = cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTA_BA (np, select));
 4788 
 4789                 /*
 4790                  *  Requeue the command.
 4791                  */
 4792                 sym_put_start_queue(np, cp);
 4793 
 4794                 /*
 4795                  *  Give back to upper layer everything we have dequeued.
 4796                  */
 4797                 sym_flush_comp_queue(np, 0);
 4798                 break;
 4799         }
 4800 }
 4801 
 4802 /*
 4803  *  After a device has accepted some management message
 4804  *  as BUS DEVICE RESET, ABORT TASK, etc ..., or when
 4805  *  a device signals a UNIT ATTENTION condition, some
 4806  *  tasks are thrown away by the device. We are required
 4807  *  to reflect that on our tasks list since the device
 4808  *  will never complete these tasks.
 4809  *
 4810  *  This function move from the BUSY queue to the COMP
 4811  *  queue all disconnected CCBs for a given target that
 4812  *  match the following criteria:
 4813  *  - lun=-1  means any logical UNIT otherwise a given one.
 4814  *  - task=-1 means any task, otherwise a given one.
 4815  */
 4816 static int
 4817 sym_clear_tasks(hcb_p np, int cam_status, int target, int lun, int task)
 4818 {
 4819         SYM_QUEHEAD qtmp, *qp;
 4820         int i = 0;
 4821         ccb_p cp;
 4822 
 4823         /*
 4824          *  Move the entire BUSY queue to our temporary queue.
 4825          */
 4826         sym_que_init(&qtmp);
 4827         sym_que_splice(&np->busy_ccbq, &qtmp);
 4828         sym_que_init(&np->busy_ccbq);
 4829 
 4830         /*
 4831          *  Put all CCBs that matches our criteria into
 4832          *  the COMP queue and put back other ones into
 4833          *  the BUSY queue.
 4834          */
 4835         while ((qp = sym_remque_head(&qtmp)) != NULL) {
 4836                 union ccb *ccb;
 4837                 cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 4838                 ccb = cp->cam_ccb;
 4839                 if (cp->host_status != HS_DISCONNECT ||
 4840                     cp->target != target             ||
 4841                     (lun  != -1 && cp->lun != lun)   ||
 4842                     (task != -1 &&
 4843                         (cp->tag != NO_TAG && cp->scsi_smsg[2] != task))) {
 4844                         sym_insque_tail(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->busy_ccbq);
 4845                         continue;
 4846                 }
 4847                 sym_insque_tail(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->comp_ccbq);
 4848 
 4849                 /* Preserve the software timeout condition */
 4850                 if (sym_get_cam_status(ccb) != CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT)
 4851                         sym_set_cam_status(ccb, cam_status);
 4852                 ++i;
 4853 #if 0
 4854 printf("XXXX TASK @%p CLEARED\n", cp);
 4855 #endif
 4856         }
 4857         return i;
 4858 }
 4859 
 4860 /*
 4861  *  chip handler for TASKS recovery
 4862  *
 4863  *  We cannot safely abort a command, while the SCRIPTS
 4864  *  processor is running, since we just would be in race
 4865  *  with it.
 4866  *
 4867  *  As long as we have tasks to abort, we keep the SEM
 4868  *  bit set in the ISTAT. When this bit is set, the
 4869  *  SCRIPTS processor interrupts (SIR_SCRIPT_STOPPED)
 4870  *  each time it enters the scheduler.
 4871  *
 4872  *  If we have to reset a target, clear tasks of a unit,
 4873  *  or to perform the abort of a disconnected job, we
 4874  *  restart the SCRIPTS for selecting the target. Once
 4875  *  selected, the SCRIPTS interrupts (SIR_TARGET_SELECTED).
 4876  *  If it loses arbitration, the SCRIPTS will interrupt again
 4877  *  the next time it will enter its scheduler, and so on ...
 4878  *
 4879  *  On SIR_TARGET_SELECTED, we scan for the more
 4880  *  appropriate thing to do:
 4881  *
 4882  *  - If nothing, we just sent a M_ABORT message to the
 4883  *    target to get rid of the useless SCSI bus ownership.
 4884  *    According to the specs, no tasks shall be affected.
 4885  *  - If the target is to be reset, we send it a M_RESET
 4886  *    message.
 4887  *  - If a logical UNIT is to be cleared , we send the
 4888  *    IDENTIFY(lun) + M_ABORT.
 4889  *  - If an untagged task is to be aborted, we send the
 4890  *    IDENTIFY(lun) + M_ABORT.
 4891  *  - If a tagged task is to be aborted, we send the
 4892  *    IDENTIFY(lun) + task attributes + M_ABORT_TAG.
 4893  *
 4894  *  Once our 'kiss of death' :) message has been accepted
 4895  *  by the target, the SCRIPTS interrupts again
 4896  *  (SIR_ABORT_SENT). On this interrupt, we complete
 4897  *  all the CCBs that should have been aborted by the
 4898  *  target according to our message.
 4899  */
 4900 static void sym_sir_task_recovery(hcb_p np, int num)
 4901 {
 4902         SYM_QUEHEAD *qp;
 4903         ccb_p cp;
 4904         tcb_p tp;
 4905         int target=-1, lun=-1, task;
 4906         int i, k;
 4907 
 4908         switch(num) {
 4909         /*
 4910          *  The SCRIPTS processor stopped before starting
 4911          *  the next command in order to allow us to perform
 4912          *  some task recovery.
 4913          */
 4914         case SIR_SCRIPT_STOPPED:
 4915                 /*
 4916                  *  Do we have any target to reset or unit to clear ?
 4917                  */
 4918                 for (i = 0 ; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_TARGET ; i++) {
 4919                         tp = &np->target[i];
 4920                         if (tp->to_reset ||
 4921                             (tp->lun0p && tp->lun0p->to_clear)) {
 4922                                 target = i;
 4923                                 break;
 4924                         }
 4925                         if (!tp->lunmp)
 4926                                 continue;
 4927                         for (k = 1 ; k < SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN ; k++) {
 4928                                 if (tp->lunmp[k] && tp->lunmp[k]->to_clear) {
 4929                                         target  = i;
 4930                                         break;
 4931                                 }
 4932                         }
 4933                         if (target != -1)
 4934                                 break;
 4935                 }
 4936 
 4937                 /*
 4938                  *  If not, walk the busy queue for any
 4939                  *  disconnected CCB to be aborted.
 4940                  */
 4941                 if (target == -1) {
 4942                         FOR_EACH_QUEUED_ELEMENT(&np->busy_ccbq, qp) {
 4943                                 cp = sym_que_entry(qp,struct sym_ccb,link_ccbq);
 4944                                 if (cp->host_status != HS_DISCONNECT)
 4945                                         continue;
 4946                                 if (cp->to_abort) {
 4947                                         target = cp->target;
 4948                                         break;
 4949                                 }
 4950                         }
 4951                 }
 4952 
 4953                 /*
 4954                  *  If some target is to be selected,
 4955                  *  prepare and start the selection.
 4956                  */
 4957                 if (target != -1) {
 4958                         tp = &np->target[target];
 4959                         np->abrt_sel.sel_id     = target;
 4960                         np->abrt_sel.sel_scntl3 = tp->head.wval;
 4961                         np->abrt_sel.sel_sxfer  = tp->head.sval;
 4962                         OUTL(nc_dsa, np->hcb_ba);
 4963                         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, sel_for_abort));
 4964                         return;
 4965                 }
 4966 
 4967                 /*
 4968                  *  Now look for a CCB to abort that haven't started yet.
 4969                  *  Btw, the SCRIPTS processor is still stopped, so
 4970                  *  we are not in race.
 4971                  */
 4972                 i = 0;
 4973                 cp = NULL;
 4974                 FOR_EACH_QUEUED_ELEMENT(&np->busy_ccbq, qp) {
 4975                         cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 4976                         if (cp->host_status != HS_BUSY &&
 4977                             cp->host_status != HS_NEGOTIATE)
 4978                                 continue;
 4979                         if (!cp->to_abort)
 4980                                 continue;
 4981 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 4982                         /*
 4983                          *    If we are using IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION, we donnot
 4984                          *    want to cancel the last queued CCB, since the
 4985                          *    SCRIPTS may have anticipated the selection.
 4986                          */
 4987                         if (cp == np->last_cp) {
 4988                                 cp->to_abort = 0;
 4989                                 continue;
 4990                         }
 4991 #endif
 4992                         i = 1;  /* Means we have found some */
 4993                         break;
 4994                 }
 4995                 if (!i) {
 4996                         /*
 4997                          *  We are done, so we donnot need
 4998                          *  to synchronize with the SCRIPTS anylonger.
 4999                          *  Remove the SEM flag from the ISTAT.
 5000                          */
 5001                         np->istat_sem = 0;
 5002                         OUTB (nc_istat, SIGP);
 5003                         break;
 5004                 }
 5005                 /*
 5006                  *  Compute index of next position in the start
 5007                  *  queue the SCRIPTS intends to start and dequeue
 5008                  *  all CCBs for that device that haven't been started.
 5009                  */
 5010                 i = (INL (nc_scratcha) - np->squeue_ba) / 4;
 5011                 i = sym_dequeue_from_squeue(np, i, cp->target, cp->lun, -1);
 5012 
 5013                 /*
 5014                  *  Make sure at least our IO to abort has been dequeued.
 5015                  */
 5016                 assert(i && sym_get_cam_status(cp->cam_ccb) == CAM_REQUEUE_REQ);
 5017 
 5018                 /*
 5019                  *  Keep track in cam status of the reason of the abort.
 5020                  */
 5021                 if (cp->to_abort == 2)
 5022                         sym_set_cam_status(cp->cam_ccb, CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT);
 5023                 else
 5024                         sym_set_cam_status(cp->cam_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED);
 5025 
 5026                 /*
 5027                  *  Complete with error everything that we have dequeued.
 5028                  */
 5029                 sym_flush_comp_queue(np, 0);
 5030                 break;
 5031         /*
 5032          *  The SCRIPTS processor has selected a target
 5033          *  we may have some manual recovery to perform for.
 5034          */
 5035         case SIR_TARGET_SELECTED:
 5036                 target = (INB (nc_sdid) & 0xf);
 5037                 tp = &np->target[target];
 5038 
 5039                 np->abrt_tbl.addr = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(np->abrt_msg));
 5040 
 5041                 /*
 5042                  *  If the target is to be reset, prepare a
 5043                  *  M_RESET message and clear the to_reset flag
 5044                  *  since we donnot expect this operation to fail.
 5045                  */
 5046                 if (tp->to_reset) {
 5047                         np->abrt_msg[0] = M_RESET;
 5048                         np->abrt_tbl.size = 1;
 5049                         tp->to_reset = 0;
 5050                         break;
 5051                 }
 5052 
 5053                 /*
 5054                  *  Otherwise, look for some logical unit to be cleared.
 5055                  */
 5056                 if (tp->lun0p && tp->lun0p->to_clear)
 5057                         lun = 0;
 5058                 else if (tp->lunmp) {
 5059                         for (k = 1 ; k < SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN ; k++) {
 5060                                 if (tp->lunmp[k] && tp->lunmp[k]->to_clear) {
 5061                                         lun = k;
 5062                                         break;
 5063                                 }
 5064                         }
 5065                 }
 5066 
 5067                 /*
 5068                  *  If a logical unit is to be cleared, prepare
 5069                  *  an IDENTIFY(lun) + ABORT MESSAGE.
 5070                  */
 5071                 if (lun != -1) {
 5072                         lcb_p lp = sym_lp(tp, lun);
 5073                         lp->to_clear = 0; /* We donnot expect to fail here */
 5074                         np->abrt_msg[0] = M_IDENTIFY | lun;
 5075                         np->abrt_msg[1] = M_ABORT;
 5076                         np->abrt_tbl.size = 2;
 5077                         break;
 5078                 }
 5079 
 5080                 /*
 5081                  *  Otherwise, look for some disconnected job to
 5082                  *  abort for this target.
 5083                  */
 5084                 i = 0;
 5085                 cp = NULL;
 5086                 FOR_EACH_QUEUED_ELEMENT(&np->busy_ccbq, qp) {
 5087                         cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 5088                         if (cp->host_status != HS_DISCONNECT)
 5089                                 continue;
 5090                         if (cp->target != target)
 5091                                 continue;
 5092                         if (!cp->to_abort)
 5093                                 continue;
 5094                         i = 1;  /* Means we have some */
 5095                         break;
 5096                 }
 5097 
 5098                 /*
 5099                  *  If we have none, probably since the device has
 5100                  *  completed the command before we won abitration,
 5101                  *  send a M_ABORT message without IDENTIFY.
 5102                  *  According to the specs, the device must just
 5103                  *  disconnect the BUS and not abort any task.
 5104                  */
 5105                 if (!i) {
 5106                         np->abrt_msg[0] = M_ABORT;
 5107                         np->abrt_tbl.size = 1;
 5108                         break;
 5109                 }
 5110 
 5111                 /*
 5112                  *  We have some task to abort.
 5113                  *  Set the IDENTIFY(lun)
 5114                  */
 5115                 np->abrt_msg[0] = M_IDENTIFY | cp->lun;
 5116 
 5117                 /*
 5118                  *  If we want to abort an untagged command, we
 5119                  *  will send an IDENTIFY + M_ABORT.
 5120                  *  Otherwise (tagged command), we will send
 5121                  *  an IDENTIFY + task attributes + ABORT TAG.
 5122                  */
 5123                 if (cp->tag == NO_TAG) {
 5124                         np->abrt_msg[1] = M_ABORT;
 5125                         np->abrt_tbl.size = 2;
 5126                 }
 5127                 else {
 5128                         np->abrt_msg[1] = cp->scsi_smsg[1];
 5129                         np->abrt_msg[2] = cp->scsi_smsg[2];
 5130                         np->abrt_msg[3] = M_ABORT_TAG;
 5131                         np->abrt_tbl.size = 4;
 5132                 }
 5133                 /*
 5134                  *  Keep track of software timeout condition, since the
 5135                  *  peripheral driver may not count retries on abort
 5136                  *  conditions not due to timeout.
 5137                  */
 5138                 if (cp->to_abort == 2)
 5139                         sym_set_cam_status(cp->cam_ccb, CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT);
 5140                 cp->to_abort = 0; /* We donnot expect to fail here */
 5141                 break;
 5142 
 5143         /*
 5144          *  The target has accepted our message and switched
 5145          *  to BUS FREE phase as we expected.
 5146          */
 5147         case SIR_ABORT_SENT:
 5148                 target = (INB (nc_sdid) & 0xf);
 5149                 tp = &np->target[target];
 5150 
 5151                 /*
 5152                 **  If we didn't abort anything, leave here.
 5153                 */
 5154                 if (np->abrt_msg[0] == M_ABORT)
 5155                         break;
 5156 
 5157                 /*
 5158                  *  If we sent a M_RESET, then a hardware reset has
 5159                  *  been performed by the target.
 5160                  *  - Reset everything to async 8 bit
 5161                  *  - Tell ourself to negotiate next time :-)
 5162                  *  - Prepare to clear all disconnected CCBs for
 5163                  *    this target from our task list (lun=task=-1)
 5164                  */
 5165                 lun = -1;
 5166                 task = -1;
 5167                 if (np->abrt_msg[0] == M_RESET) {
 5168                         tp->head.sval = 0;
 5169                         tp->head.wval = np->rv_scntl3;
 5170                         tp->head.uval = 0;
 5171                         tp->tinfo.current.period = 0;
 5172                         tp->tinfo.current.offset = 0;
 5173                         tp->tinfo.current.width  = BUS_8_BIT;
 5174                         tp->tinfo.current.options = 0;
 5175                 }
 5176 
 5177                 /*
 5178                  *  Otherwise, check for the LUN and TASK(s)
 5179                  *  concerned by the cancellation.
 5180                  *  If it is not ABORT_TAG then it is CLEAR_QUEUE
 5181                  *  or an ABORT message :-)
 5182                  */
 5183                 else {
 5184                         lun = np->abrt_msg[0] & 0x3f;
 5185                         if (np->abrt_msg[1] == M_ABORT_TAG)
 5186                                 task = np->abrt_msg[2];
 5187                 }
 5188 
 5189                 /*
 5190                  *  Complete all the CCBs the device should have
 5191                  *  aborted due to our 'kiss of death' message.
 5192                  */
 5193                 i = (INL (nc_scratcha) - np->squeue_ba) / 4;
 5194                 (void) sym_dequeue_from_squeue(np, i, target, lun, -1);
 5195                 (void) sym_clear_tasks(np, CAM_REQ_ABORTED, target, lun, task);
 5196                 sym_flush_comp_queue(np, 0);
 5197 
 5198                 /*
 5199                  *  If we sent a BDR, make uper layer aware of that.
 5200                  */
 5201                 if (np->abrt_msg[0] == M_RESET)
 5202                         xpt_async(AC_SENT_BDR, np->path, NULL);
 5203                 break;
 5204         }
 5205 
 5206         /*
 5207          *  Print to the log the message we intend to send.
 5208          */
 5209         if (num == SIR_TARGET_SELECTED) {
 5210                 PRINT_TARGET(np, target);
 5211                 sym_printl_hex("control msgout:", np->abrt_msg,
 5212                               np->abrt_tbl.size);
 5213                 np->abrt_tbl.size = cpu_to_scr(np->abrt_tbl.size);
 5214         }
 5215 
 5216         /*
 5217          *  Let the SCRIPTS processor continue.
 5218          */
 5219         OUTONB_STD ();
 5220 }
 5221 
 5222 /*
 5223  *  Gerard's alchemy:) that deals with with the data
 5224  *  pointer for both MDP and the residual calculation.
 5225  *
 5226  *  I didn't want to bloat the code by more than 200
 5227  *  lignes for the handling of both MDP and the residual.
 5228  *  This has been achieved by using a data pointer
 5229  *  representation consisting in an index in the data
 5230  *  array (dp_sg) and a negative offset (dp_ofs) that
 5231  *  have the following meaning:
 5232  *
 5233  *  - dp_sg = SYM_CONF_MAX_SG
 5234  *    we are at the end of the data script.
 5235  *  - dp_sg < SYM_CONF_MAX_SG
 5236  *    dp_sg points to the next entry of the scatter array
 5237  *    we want to transfer.
 5238  *  - dp_ofs < 0
 5239  *    dp_ofs represents the residual of bytes of the
 5240  *    previous entry scatter entry we will send first.
 5241  *  - dp_ofs = 0
 5242  *    no residual to send first.
 5243  *
 5244  *  The function sym_evaluate_dp() accepts an arbitray
 5245  *  offset (basically from the MDP message) and returns
 5246  *  the corresponding values of dp_sg and dp_ofs.
 5247  */
 5248 static int sym_evaluate_dp(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, u32 scr, int *ofs)
 5249 {
 5250         u32     dp_scr;
 5251         int     dp_ofs, dp_sg, dp_sgmin;
 5252         int     tmp;
 5253         struct sym_pmc *pm;
 5254 
 5255         /*
 5256          *  Compute the resulted data pointer in term of a script
 5257          *  address within some DATA script and a signed byte offset.
 5258          */
 5259         dp_scr = scr;
 5260         dp_ofs = *ofs;
 5261         if      (dp_scr == SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm0_data))
 5262                 pm = &cp->phys.pm0;
 5263         else if (dp_scr == SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm1_data))
 5264                 pm = &cp->phys.pm1;
 5265         else
 5266                 pm = NULL;
 5267 
 5268         if (pm) {
 5269                 dp_scr  = scr_to_cpu(pm->ret);
 5270                 dp_ofs -= scr_to_cpu(pm->sg.size);
 5271         }
 5272 
 5273         /*
 5274          *  If we are auto-sensing, then we are done.
 5275          */
 5276         if (cp->host_flags & HF_SENSE) {
 5277                 *ofs = dp_ofs;
 5278                 return 0;
 5279         }
 5280 
 5281         /*
 5282          *  Deduce the index of the sg entry.
 5283          *  Keep track of the index of the first valid entry.
 5284          *  If result is dp_sg = SYM_CONF_MAX_SG, then we are at the
 5285          *  end of the data.
 5286          */
 5287         tmp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.head.goalp);
 5288         dp_sg = SYM_CONF_MAX_SG;
 5289         if (dp_scr != tmp)
 5290                 dp_sg -= (tmp - 8 - (int)dp_scr) / (2*4);
 5291         dp_sgmin = SYM_CONF_MAX_SG - cp->segments;
 5292 
 5293         /*
 5294          *  Move to the sg entry the data pointer belongs to.
 5295          *
 5296          *  If we are inside the data area, we expect result to be:
 5297          *
 5298          *  Either,
 5299          *      dp_ofs = 0 and dp_sg is the index of the sg entry
 5300          *      the data pointer belongs to (or the end of the data)
 5301          *  Or,
 5302          *      dp_ofs < 0 and dp_sg is the index of the sg entry
 5303          *      the data pointer belongs to + 1.
 5304          */
 5305         if (dp_ofs < 0) {
 5306                 int n;
 5307                 while (dp_sg > dp_sgmin) {
 5308                         --dp_sg;
 5309                         tmp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.data[dp_sg].size);
 5310                         n = dp_ofs + (tmp & 0xffffff);
 5311                         if (n > 0) {
 5312                                 ++dp_sg;
 5313                                 break;
 5314                         }
 5315                         dp_ofs = n;
 5316                 }
 5317         }
 5318         else if (dp_ofs > 0) {
 5319                 while (dp_sg < SYM_CONF_MAX_SG) {
 5320                         tmp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.data[dp_sg].size);
 5321                         dp_ofs -= (tmp & 0xffffff);
 5322                         ++dp_sg;
 5323                         if (dp_ofs <= 0)
 5324                                 break;
 5325                 }
 5326         }
 5327 
 5328         /*
 5329          *  Make sure the data pointer is inside the data area.
 5330          *  If not, return some error.
 5331          */
 5332         if      (dp_sg < dp_sgmin || (dp_sg == dp_sgmin && dp_ofs < 0))
 5333                 goto out_err;
 5334         else if (dp_sg > SYM_CONF_MAX_SG ||
 5335                  (dp_sg == SYM_CONF_MAX_SG && dp_ofs > 0))
 5336                 goto out_err;
 5337 
 5338         /*
 5339          *  Save the extreme pointer if needed.
 5340          */
 5341         if (dp_sg > cp->ext_sg ||
 5342             (dp_sg == cp->ext_sg && dp_ofs > cp->ext_ofs)) {
 5343                 cp->ext_sg  = dp_sg;
 5344                 cp->ext_ofs = dp_ofs;
 5345         }
 5346 
 5347         /*
 5348          *  Return data.
 5349          */
 5350         *ofs = dp_ofs;
 5351         return dp_sg;
 5352 
 5353 out_err:
 5354         return -1;
 5355 }
 5356 
 5357 /*
 5358  *  chip handler for MODIFY DATA POINTER MESSAGE
 5359  *
 5360  *  We also call this function on IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE
 5361  *  messages that do not match a SWIDE full condition.
 5362  *  Btw, we assume in that situation that such a message
 5363  *  is equivalent to a MODIFY DATA POINTER (offset=-1).
 5364  */
 5365 static void sym_modify_dp(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp, int ofs)
 5366 {
 5367         int dp_ofs      = ofs;
 5368         u32     dp_scr  = INL (nc_temp);
 5369         u32     dp_ret;
 5370         u32     tmp;
 5371         u_char  hflags;
 5372         int     dp_sg;
 5373         struct  sym_pmc *pm;
 5374 
 5375         /*
 5376          *  Not supported for auto-sense.
 5377          */
 5378         if (cp->host_flags & HF_SENSE)
 5379                 goto out_reject;
 5380 
 5381         /*
 5382          *  Apply our alchemy:) (see comments in sym_evaluate_dp()),
 5383          *  to the resulted data pointer.
 5384          */
 5385         dp_sg = sym_evaluate_dp(np, cp, dp_scr, &dp_ofs);
 5386         if (dp_sg < 0)
 5387                 goto out_reject;
 5388 
 5389         /*
 5390          *  And our alchemy:) allows to easily calculate the data
 5391          *  script address we want to return for the next data phase.
 5392          */
 5393         dp_ret = cpu_to_scr(cp->phys.head.goalp);
 5394         dp_ret = dp_ret - 8 - (SYM_CONF_MAX_SG - dp_sg) * (2*4);
 5395 
 5396         /*
 5397          *  If offset / scatter entry is zero we donnot need
 5398          *  a context for the new current data pointer.
 5399          */
 5400         if (dp_ofs == 0) {
 5401                 dp_scr = dp_ret;
 5402                 goto out_ok;
 5403         }
 5404 
 5405         /*
 5406          *  Get a context for the new current data pointer.
 5407          */
 5408         hflags = INB (HF_PRT);
 5409 
 5410         if (hflags & HF_DP_SAVED)
 5411                 hflags ^= HF_ACT_PM;
 5412 
 5413         if (!(hflags & HF_ACT_PM)) {
 5414                 pm  = &cp->phys.pm0;
 5415                 dp_scr = SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm0_data);
 5416         }
 5417         else {
 5418                 pm = &cp->phys.pm1;
 5419                 dp_scr = SCRIPTA_BA (np, pm1_data);
 5420         }
 5421 
 5422         hflags &= ~(HF_DP_SAVED);
 5423 
 5424         OUTB (HF_PRT, hflags);
 5425 
 5426         /*
 5427          *  Set up the new current data pointer.
 5428          *  ofs < 0 there, and for the next data phase, we
 5429          *  want to transfer part of the data of the sg entry
 5430          *  corresponding to index dp_sg-1 prior to returning
 5431          *  to the main data script.
 5432          */
 5433         pm->ret = cpu_to_scr(dp_ret);
 5434         tmp  = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.data[dp_sg-1].addr);
 5435         tmp += scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.data[dp_sg-1].size) + dp_ofs;
 5436         pm->sg.addr = cpu_to_scr(tmp);
 5437         pm->sg.size = cpu_to_scr(-dp_ofs);
 5438 
 5439 out_ok:
 5440         OUTL (nc_temp, dp_scr);
 5441         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 5442         return;
 5443 
 5444 out_reject:
 5445         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_bad));
 5446 }
 5447 
 5448 /*
 5449  *  chip calculation of the data residual.
 5450  *
 5451  *  As I used to say, the requirement of data residual
 5452  *  in SCSI is broken, useless and cannot be achieved
 5453  *  without huge complexity.
 5454  *  But most OSes and even the official CAM require it.
 5455  *  When stupidity happens to be so widely spread inside
 5456  *  a community, it gets hard to convince.
 5457  *
 5458  *  Anyway, I don't care, since I am not going to use
 5459  *  any software that considers this data residual as
 5460  *  a relevant information. :)
 5461  */
 5462 static int sym_compute_residual(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 5463 {
 5464         int dp_sg, dp_sgmin, resid = 0;
 5465         int dp_ofs = 0;
 5466 
 5467         /*
 5468          *  Check for some data lost or just thrown away.
 5469          *  We are not required to be quite accurate in this
 5470          *  situation. Btw, if we are odd for output and the
 5471          *  device claims some more data, it may well happen
 5472          *  than our residual be zero. :-)
 5473          */
 5474         if (cp->xerr_status & (XE_EXTRA_DATA|XE_SODL_UNRUN|XE_SWIDE_OVRUN)) {
 5475                 if (cp->xerr_status & XE_EXTRA_DATA)
 5476                         resid -= cp->extra_bytes;
 5477                 if (cp->xerr_status & XE_SODL_UNRUN)
 5478                         ++resid;
 5479                 if (cp->xerr_status & XE_SWIDE_OVRUN)
 5480                         --resid;
 5481         }
 5482 
 5483         /*
 5484          *  If all data has been transferred,
 5485          *  there is no residual.
 5486          */
 5487         if (cp->phys.head.lastp == cp->phys.head.goalp)
 5488                 return resid;
 5489 
 5490         /*
 5491          *  If no data transfer occurs, or if the data
 5492          *  pointer is weird, return full residual.
 5493          */
 5494         if (cp->startp == cp->phys.head.lastp ||
 5495             sym_evaluate_dp(np, cp, scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.head.lastp),
 5496                             &dp_ofs) < 0) {
 5497                 return cp->data_len;
 5498         }
 5499 
 5500         /*
 5501          *  If we were auto-sensing, then we are done.
 5502          */
 5503         if (cp->host_flags & HF_SENSE) {
 5504                 return -dp_ofs;
 5505         }
 5506 
 5507         /*
 5508          *  We are now full comfortable in the computation
 5509          *  of the data residual (2's complement).
 5510          */
 5511         dp_sgmin = SYM_CONF_MAX_SG - cp->segments;
 5512         resid = -cp->ext_ofs;
 5513         for (dp_sg = cp->ext_sg; dp_sg < SYM_CONF_MAX_SG; ++dp_sg) {
 5514                 u_int tmp = scr_to_cpu(cp->phys.data[dp_sg].size);
 5515                 resid += (tmp & 0xffffff);
 5516         }
 5517 
 5518         /*
 5519          *  Hopefully, the result is not too wrong.
 5520          */
 5521         return resid;
 5522 }
 5523 
 5524 /*
 5525  *  Print out the content of a SCSI message.
 5526  */
 5527 static int sym_show_msg (u_char * msg)
 5528 {
 5529         u_char i;
 5530         printf ("%x",*msg);
 5531         if (*msg==M_EXTENDED) {
 5532                 for (i=1;i<8;i++) {
 5533                         if (i-1>msg[1]) break;
 5534                         printf ("-%x",msg[i]);
 5535                 }
 5536                 return (i+1);
 5537         } else if ((*msg & 0xf0) == 0x20) {
 5538                 printf ("-%x",msg[1]);
 5539                 return (2);
 5540         }
 5541         return (1);
 5542 }
 5543 
 5544 static void sym_print_msg (ccb_p cp, char *label, u_char *msg)
 5545 {
 5546         PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 5547         if (label)
 5548                 printf ("%s: ", label);
 5549 
 5550         (void) sym_show_msg (msg);
 5551         printf (".\n");
 5552 }
 5553 
 5554 /*
 5555  *  Negotiation for WIDE and SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER.
 5556  *
 5557  *  When we try to negotiate, we append the negotiation message
 5558  *  to the identify and (maybe) simple tag message.
 5559  *  The host status field is set to HS_NEGOTIATE to mark this
 5560  *  situation.
 5561  *
 5562  *  If the target doesn't answer this message immediately
 5563  *  (as required by the standard), the SIR_NEGO_FAILED interrupt
 5564  *  will be raised eventually.
 5565  *  The handler removes the HS_NEGOTIATE status, and sets the
 5566  *  negotiated value to the default (async / nowide).
 5567  *
 5568  *  If we receive a matching answer immediately, we check it
 5569  *  for validity, and set the values.
 5570  *
 5571  *  If we receive a Reject message immediately, we assume the
 5572  *  negotiation has failed, and fall back to standard values.
 5573  *
 5574  *  If we receive a negotiation message while not in HS_NEGOTIATE
 5575  *  state, it's a target initiated negotiation. We prepare a
 5576  *  (hopefully) valid answer, set our parameters, and send back
 5577  *  this answer to the target.
 5578  *
 5579  *  If the target doesn't fetch the answer (no message out phase),
 5580  *  we assume the negotiation has failed, and fall back to default
 5581  *  settings (SIR_NEGO_PROTO interrupt).
 5582  *
 5583  *  When we set the values, we adjust them in all ccbs belonging
 5584  *  to this target, in the controller's register, and in the "phys"
 5585  *  field of the controller's struct sym_hcb.
 5586  */
 5587 
 5588 /*
 5589  *  chip handler for SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (SDTR) message.
 5590  */
 5591 static void sym_sync_nego(hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp)
 5592 {
 5593         u_char  chg, ofs, per, fak, div;
 5594         int     req = 1;
 5595 
 5596         /*
 5597          *  Synchronous request message received.
 5598          */
 5599         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5600                 sym_print_msg(cp, "sync msgin", np->msgin);
 5601         }
 5602 
 5603         /*
 5604          * request or answer ?
 5605          */
 5606         if (INB (HS_PRT) == HS_NEGOTIATE) {
 5607                 OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_BUSY);
 5608                 if (cp->nego_status && cp->nego_status != NS_SYNC)
 5609                         goto reject_it;
 5610                 req = 0;
 5611         }
 5612 
 5613         /*
 5614          *  get requested values.
 5615          */
 5616         chg = 0;
 5617         per = np->msgin[3];
 5618         ofs = np->msgin[4];
 5619 
 5620         /*
 5621          *  check values against our limits.
 5622          */
 5623         if (ofs) {
 5624                 if (ofs > np->maxoffs)
 5625                         {chg = 1; ofs = np->maxoffs;}
 5626                 if (req) {
 5627                         if (ofs > tp->tinfo.user.offset)
 5628                                 {chg = 1; ofs = tp->tinfo.user.offset;}
 5629                 }
 5630         }
 5631 
 5632         if (ofs) {
 5633                 if (per < np->minsync)
 5634                         {chg = 1; per = np->minsync;}
 5635                 if (req) {
 5636                         if (per < tp->tinfo.user.period)
 5637                                 {chg = 1; per = tp->tinfo.user.period;}
 5638                 }
 5639         }
 5640 
 5641         div = fak = 0;
 5642         if (ofs && sym_getsync(np, 0, per, &div, &fak) < 0)
 5643                 goto reject_it;
 5644 
 5645         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5646                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 5647                 printf ("sdtr: ofs=%d per=%d div=%d fak=%d chg=%d.\n",
 5648                         ofs, per, div, fak, chg);
 5649         }
 5650 
 5651         /*
 5652          *  This was an answer message
 5653          */
 5654         if (req == 0) {
 5655                 if (chg)        /* Answer wasn't acceptable. */
 5656                         goto reject_it;
 5657                 sym_setsync (np, cp, ofs, per, div, fak);
 5658                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 5659                 return;
 5660         }
 5661 
 5662         /*
 5663          *  It was a request. Set value and
 5664          *  prepare an answer message
 5665          */
 5666         sym_setsync (np, cp, ofs, per, div, fak);
 5667 
 5668         np->msgout[0] = M_EXTENDED;
 5669         np->msgout[1] = 3;
 5670         np->msgout[2] = M_X_SYNC_REQ;
 5671         np->msgout[3] = per;
 5672         np->msgout[4] = ofs;
 5673 
 5674         cp->nego_status = NS_SYNC;
 5675 
 5676         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5677                 sym_print_msg(cp, "sync msgout", np->msgout);
 5678         }
 5679 
 5680         np->msgin [0] = M_NOOP;
 5681 
 5682         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, sdtr_resp));
 5683         return;
 5684 reject_it:
 5685         sym_setsync (np, cp, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 5686         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_bad));
 5687 }
 5688 
 5689 /*
 5690  *  chip handler for PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST (PPR) message.
 5691  */
 5692 static void sym_ppr_nego(hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp)
 5693 {
 5694         u_char  chg, ofs, per, fak, dt, div, wide;
 5695         int     req = 1;
 5696 
 5697         /*
 5698          * Synchronous request message received.
 5699          */
 5700         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5701                 sym_print_msg(cp, "ppr msgin", np->msgin);
 5702         }
 5703 
 5704         /*
 5705          *  get requested values.
 5706          */
 5707         chg  = 0;
 5708         per  = np->msgin[3];
 5709         ofs  = np->msgin[5];
 5710         wide = np->msgin[6];
 5711         dt   = np->msgin[7] & PPR_OPT_DT;
 5712 
 5713         /*
 5714          * request or answer ?
 5715          */
 5716         if (INB (HS_PRT) == HS_NEGOTIATE) {
 5717                 OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_BUSY);
 5718                 if (cp->nego_status && cp->nego_status != NS_PPR)
 5719                         goto reject_it;
 5720                 req = 0;
 5721         }
 5722 
 5723         /*
 5724          *  check values against our limits.
 5725          */
 5726         if (wide > np->maxwide)
 5727                 {chg = 1; wide = np->maxwide;}
 5728         if (!wide || !(np->features & FE_ULTRA3))
 5729                 dt &= ~PPR_OPT_DT;
 5730         if (req) {
 5731                 if (wide > tp->tinfo.user.width)
 5732                         {chg = 1; wide = tp->tinfo.user.width;}
 5733         }
 5734 
 5735         if (!(np->features & FE_U3EN))  /* Broken U3EN bit not supported */
 5736                 dt &= ~PPR_OPT_DT;
 5737 
 5738         if (dt != (np->msgin[7] & PPR_OPT_MASK)) chg = 1;
 5739 
 5740         if (ofs) {
 5741                 if (dt) {
 5742                         if (ofs > np->maxoffs_dt)
 5743                                 {chg = 1; ofs = np->maxoffs_dt;}
 5744                 }
 5745                 else if (ofs > np->maxoffs)
 5746                         {chg = 1; ofs = np->maxoffs;}
 5747                 if (req) {
 5748                         if (ofs > tp->tinfo.user.offset)
 5749                                 {chg = 1; ofs = tp->tinfo.user.offset;}
 5750                 }
 5751         }
 5752 
 5753         if (ofs) {
 5754                 if (dt) {
 5755                         if (per < np->minsync_dt)
 5756                                 {chg = 1; per = np->minsync_dt;}
 5757                 }
 5758                 else if (per < np->minsync)
 5759                         {chg = 1; per = np->minsync;}
 5760                 if (req) {
 5761                         if (per < tp->tinfo.user.period)
 5762                                 {chg = 1; per = tp->tinfo.user.period;}
 5763                 }
 5764         }
 5765 
 5766         div = fak = 0;
 5767         if (ofs && sym_getsync(np, dt, per, &div, &fak) < 0)
 5768                 goto reject_it;
 5769 
 5770         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5771                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 5772                 printf ("ppr: "
 5773                         "dt=%x ofs=%d per=%d wide=%d div=%d fak=%d chg=%d.\n",
 5774                         dt, ofs, per, wide, div, fak, chg);
 5775         }
 5776 
 5777         /*
 5778          *  It was an answer.
 5779          */
 5780         if (req == 0) {
 5781                 if (chg)        /* Answer wasn't acceptable */
 5782                         goto reject_it;
 5783                 sym_setpprot (np, cp, dt, ofs, per, wide, div, fak);
 5784                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 5785                 return;
 5786         }
 5787 
 5788         /*
 5789          *  It was a request. Set value and
 5790          *  prepare an answer message
 5791          */
 5792         sym_setpprot (np, cp, dt, ofs, per, wide, div, fak);
 5793 
 5794         np->msgout[0] = M_EXTENDED;
 5795         np->msgout[1] = 6;
 5796         np->msgout[2] = M_X_PPR_REQ;
 5797         np->msgout[3] = per;
 5798         np->msgout[4] = 0;
 5799         np->msgout[5] = ofs;
 5800         np->msgout[6] = wide;
 5801         np->msgout[7] = dt;
 5802 
 5803         cp->nego_status = NS_PPR;
 5804 
 5805         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5806                 sym_print_msg(cp, "ppr msgout", np->msgout);
 5807         }
 5808 
 5809         np->msgin [0] = M_NOOP;
 5810 
 5811         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, ppr_resp));
 5812         return;
 5813 reject_it:
 5814         sym_setpprot (np, cp, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 5815         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_bad));
 5816         /*
 5817          *  If it was a device response that should result in
 5818          *  ST, we may want to try a legacy negotiation later.
 5819          */
 5820         if (!req && !dt) {
 5821                 tp->tinfo.goal.options = 0;
 5822                 tp->tinfo.goal.width   = wide;
 5823                 tp->tinfo.goal.period  = per;
 5824                 tp->tinfo.goal.offset  = ofs;
 5825         }
 5826 }
 5827 
 5828 /*
 5829  *  chip handler for WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (WDTR) message.
 5830  */
 5831 static void sym_wide_nego(hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp)
 5832 {
 5833         u_char  chg, wide;
 5834         int     req = 1;
 5835 
 5836         /*
 5837          *  Wide request message received.
 5838          */
 5839         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5840                 sym_print_msg(cp, "wide msgin", np->msgin);
 5841         }
 5842 
 5843         /*
 5844          * Is it a request from the device?
 5845          */
 5846         if (INB (HS_PRT) == HS_NEGOTIATE) {
 5847                 OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_BUSY);
 5848                 if (cp->nego_status && cp->nego_status != NS_WIDE)
 5849                         goto reject_it;
 5850                 req = 0;
 5851         }
 5852 
 5853         /*
 5854          *  get requested values.
 5855          */
 5856         chg  = 0;
 5857         wide = np->msgin[3];
 5858 
 5859         /*
 5860          *  check values against driver limits.
 5861          */
 5862         if (wide > np->maxwide)
 5863                 {chg = 1; wide = np->maxwide;}
 5864         if (req) {
 5865                 if (wide > tp->tinfo.user.width)
 5866                         {chg = 1; wide = tp->tinfo.user.width;}
 5867         }
 5868 
 5869         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5870                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 5871                 printf ("wdtr: wide=%d chg=%d.\n", wide, chg);
 5872         }
 5873 
 5874         /*
 5875          * This was an answer message
 5876          */
 5877         if (req == 0) {
 5878                 if (chg)        /*  Answer wasn't acceptable. */
 5879                         goto reject_it;
 5880                 sym_setwide (np, cp, wide);
 5881 
 5882                 /*
 5883                  * Negotiate for SYNC immediately after WIDE response.
 5884                  * This allows to negotiate for both WIDE and SYNC on
 5885                  * a single SCSI command (Suggested by Justin Gibbs).
 5886                  */
 5887                 if (tp->tinfo.goal.offset) {
 5888                         np->msgout[0] = M_EXTENDED;
 5889                         np->msgout[1] = 3;
 5890                         np->msgout[2] = M_X_SYNC_REQ;
 5891                         np->msgout[3] = tp->tinfo.goal.period;
 5892                         np->msgout[4] = tp->tinfo.goal.offset;
 5893 
 5894                         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5895                                 sym_print_msg(cp, "sync msgout", np->msgout);
 5896                         }
 5897 
 5898                         cp->nego_status = NS_SYNC;
 5899                         OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_NEGOTIATE);
 5900                         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, sdtr_resp));
 5901                         return;
 5902                 }
 5903 
 5904                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 5905                 return;
 5906         }
 5907 
 5908         /*
 5909          *  It was a request, set value and
 5910          *  prepare an answer message
 5911          */
 5912         sym_setwide (np, cp, wide);
 5913 
 5914         np->msgout[0] = M_EXTENDED;
 5915         np->msgout[1] = 2;
 5916         np->msgout[2] = M_X_WIDE_REQ;
 5917         np->msgout[3] = wide;
 5918 
 5919         np->msgin [0] = M_NOOP;
 5920 
 5921         cp->nego_status = NS_WIDE;
 5922 
 5923         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_NEGO) {
 5924                 sym_print_msg(cp, "wide msgout", np->msgout);
 5925         }
 5926 
 5927         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, wdtr_resp));
 5928         return;
 5929 reject_it:
 5930         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_bad));
 5931 }
 5932 
 5933 /*
 5934  *  Reset SYNC or WIDE to default settings.
 5935  *
 5936  *  Called when a negotiation does not succeed either
 5937  *  on rejection or on protocol error.
 5938  *
 5939  *  If it was a PPR that made problems, we may want to
 5940  *  try a legacy negotiation later.
 5941  */
 5942 static void sym_nego_default(hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp)
 5943 {
 5944         /*
 5945          *  any error in negotiation:
 5946          *  fall back to default mode.
 5947          */
 5948         switch (cp->nego_status) {
 5949         case NS_PPR:
 5950 #if 0
 5951                 sym_setpprot (np, cp, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 5952 #else
 5953                 tp->tinfo.goal.options = 0;
 5954                 if (tp->tinfo.goal.period < np->minsync)
 5955                         tp->tinfo.goal.period = np->minsync;
 5956                 if (tp->tinfo.goal.offset > np->maxoffs)
 5957                         tp->tinfo.goal.offset = np->maxoffs;
 5958 #endif
 5959                 break;
 5960         case NS_SYNC:
 5961                 sym_setsync (np, cp, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 5962                 break;
 5963         case NS_WIDE:
 5964                 sym_setwide (np, cp, 0);
 5965                 break;
 5966         }
 5967         np->msgin [0] = M_NOOP;
 5968         np->msgout[0] = M_NOOP;
 5969         cp->nego_status = 0;
 5970 }
 5971 
 5972 /*
 5973  *  chip handler for MESSAGE REJECT received in response to
 5974  *  a WIDE or SYNCHRONOUS negotiation.
 5975  */
 5976 static void sym_nego_rejected(hcb_p np, tcb_p tp, ccb_p cp)
 5977 {
 5978         sym_nego_default(np, tp, cp);
 5979         OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_BUSY);
 5980 }
 5981 
 5982 /*
 5983  *  chip exception handler for programmed interrupts.
 5984  */
 5985 static void sym_int_sir (hcb_p np)
 5986 {
 5987         u_char  num     = INB (nc_dsps);
 5988         u32     dsa     = INL (nc_dsa);
 5989         ccb_p   cp      = sym_ccb_from_dsa(np, dsa);
 5990         u_char  target  = INB (nc_sdid) & 0x0f;
 5991         tcb_p   tp      = &np->target[target];
 5992         int     tmp;
 5993 
 5994         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 5995 
 5996         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TINY) printf ("I#%d", num);
 5997 
 5998         switch (num) {
 5999         /*
 6000          *  Command has been completed with error condition
 6001          *  or has been auto-sensed.
 6002          */
 6003         case SIR_COMPLETE_ERROR:
 6004                 if (!cp)
 6005                         goto out;
 6006                 sym_complete_error(np, cp);
 6007                 return;
 6008         /*
 6009          *  The C code is currently trying to recover from something.
 6010          *  Typically, user want to abort some command.
 6011          */
 6012         case SIR_SCRIPT_STOPPED:
 6013         case SIR_TARGET_SELECTED:
 6014         case SIR_ABORT_SENT:
 6015                 sym_sir_task_recovery(np, num);
 6016                 return;
 6017         /*
 6018          *  The device didn't go to MSG OUT phase after having
 6019          *  been selected with ATN. We donnot want to handle
 6020          *  that.
 6021          */
 6022         case SIR_SEL_ATN_NO_MSG_OUT:
 6023                 printf ("%s:%d: No MSG OUT phase after selection with ATN.\n",
 6024                         sym_name (np), target);
 6025                 goto out_stuck;
 6026         /*
 6027          *  The device didn't switch to MSG IN phase after
 6028          *  having reseleted the initiator.
 6029          */
 6030         case SIR_RESEL_NO_MSG_IN:
 6031                 printf ("%s:%d: No MSG IN phase after reselection.\n",
 6032                         sym_name (np), target);
 6033                 goto out_stuck;
 6034         /*
 6035          *  After reselection, the device sent a message that wasn't
 6036          *  an IDENTIFY.
 6037          */
 6038         case SIR_RESEL_NO_IDENTIFY:
 6039                 printf ("%s:%d: No IDENTIFY after reselection.\n",
 6040                         sym_name (np), target);
 6041                 goto out_stuck;
 6042         /*
 6043          *  The device reselected a LUN we donnot know about.
 6044          */
 6045         case SIR_RESEL_BAD_LUN:
 6046                 np->msgout[0] = M_RESET;
 6047                 goto out;
 6048         /*
 6049          *  The device reselected for an untagged nexus and we
 6050          *  haven't any.
 6051          */
 6052         case SIR_RESEL_BAD_I_T_L:
 6053                 np->msgout[0] = M_ABORT;
 6054                 goto out;
 6055         /*
 6056          *  The device reselected for a tagged nexus that we donnot
 6057          *  have.
 6058          */
 6059         case SIR_RESEL_BAD_I_T_L_Q:
 6060                 np->msgout[0] = M_ABORT_TAG;
 6061                 goto out;
 6062         /*
 6063          *  The SCRIPTS let us know that the device has grabbed
 6064          *  our message and will abort the job.
 6065          */
 6066         case SIR_RESEL_ABORTED:
 6067                 np->lastmsg = np->msgout[0];
 6068                 np->msgout[0] = M_NOOP;
 6069                 printf ("%s:%d: message %x sent on bad reselection.\n",
 6070                         sym_name (np), target, np->lastmsg);
 6071                 goto out;
 6072         /*
 6073          *  The SCRIPTS let us know that a message has been
 6074          *  successfully sent to the device.
 6075          */
 6076         case SIR_MSG_OUT_DONE:
 6077                 np->lastmsg = np->msgout[0];
 6078                 np->msgout[0] = M_NOOP;
 6079                 /* Should we really care of that */
 6080                 if (np->lastmsg == M_PARITY || np->lastmsg == M_ID_ERROR) {
 6081                         if (cp) {
 6082                                 cp->xerr_status &= ~XE_PARITY_ERR;
 6083                                 if (!cp->xerr_status)
 6084                                         OUTOFFB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 6085                         }
 6086                 }
 6087                 goto out;
 6088         /*
 6089          *  The device didn't send a GOOD SCSI status.
 6090          *  We may have some work to do prior to allow
 6091          *  the SCRIPTS processor to continue.
 6092          */
 6093         case SIR_BAD_SCSI_STATUS:
 6094                 if (!cp)
 6095                         goto out;
 6096                 sym_sir_bad_scsi_status(np, cp);
 6097                 return;
 6098         /*
 6099          *  We are asked by the SCRIPTS to prepare a
 6100          *  REJECT message.
 6101          */
 6102         case SIR_REJECT_TO_SEND:
 6103                 sym_print_msg(cp, "M_REJECT to send for ", np->msgin);
 6104                 np->msgout[0] = M_REJECT;
 6105                 goto out;
 6106         /*
 6107          *  We have been ODD at the end of a DATA IN
 6108          *  transfer and the device didn't send a
 6109          *  IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message.
 6110          *  It is a data overrun condition.
 6111          */
 6112         case SIR_SWIDE_OVERRUN:
 6113                 if (cp) {
 6114                         OUTONB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 6115                         cp->xerr_status |= XE_SWIDE_OVRUN;
 6116                 }
 6117                 goto out;
 6118         /*
 6119          *  We have been ODD at the end of a DATA OUT
 6120          *  transfer.
 6121          *  It is a data underrun condition.
 6122          */
 6123         case SIR_SODL_UNDERRUN:
 6124                 if (cp) {
 6125                         OUTONB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 6126                         cp->xerr_status |= XE_SODL_UNRUN;
 6127                 }
 6128                 goto out;
 6129         /*
 6130          *  The device wants us to transfer more data than
 6131          *  expected or in the wrong direction.
 6132          *  The number of extra bytes is in scratcha.
 6133          *  It is a data overrun condition.
 6134          */
 6135         case SIR_DATA_OVERRUN:
 6136                 if (cp) {
 6137                         OUTONB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 6138                         cp->xerr_status |= XE_EXTRA_DATA;
 6139                         cp->extra_bytes += INL (nc_scratcha);
 6140                 }
 6141                 goto out;
 6142         /*
 6143          *  The device switched to an illegal phase (4/5).
 6144          */
 6145         case SIR_BAD_PHASE:
 6146                 if (cp) {
 6147                         OUTONB (HF_PRT, HF_EXT_ERR);
 6148                         cp->xerr_status |= XE_BAD_PHASE;
 6149                 }
 6150                 goto out;
 6151         /*
 6152          *  We received a message.
 6153          */
 6154         case SIR_MSG_RECEIVED:
 6155                 if (!cp)
 6156                         goto out_stuck;
 6157                 switch (np->msgin [0]) {
 6158                 /*
 6159                  *  We received an extended message.
 6160                  *  We handle MODIFY DATA POINTER, SDTR, WDTR
 6161                  *  and reject all other extended messages.
 6162                  */
 6163                 case M_EXTENDED:
 6164                         switch (np->msgin [2]) {
 6165                         case M_X_MODIFY_DP:
 6166                                 if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_POINTER)
 6167                                         sym_print_msg(cp,"modify DP",np->msgin);
 6168                                 tmp = (np->msgin[3]<<24) + (np->msgin[4]<<16) +
 6169                                       (np->msgin[5]<<8)  + (np->msgin[6]);
 6170                                 sym_modify_dp(np, cp, tmp);
 6171                                 return;
 6172                         case M_X_SYNC_REQ:
 6173                                 sym_sync_nego(np, tp, cp);
 6174                                 return;
 6175                         case M_X_PPR_REQ:
 6176                                 sym_ppr_nego(np, tp, cp);
 6177                                 return;
 6178                         case M_X_WIDE_REQ:
 6179                                 sym_wide_nego(np, tp, cp);
 6180                                 return;
 6181                         default:
 6182                                 goto out_reject;
 6183                         }
 6184                         break;
 6185                 /*
 6186                  *  We received a 1/2 byte message not handled from SCRIPTS.
 6187                  *  We are only expecting MESSAGE REJECT and IGNORE WIDE
 6188                  *  RESIDUE messages that haven't been anticipated by
 6189                  *  SCRIPTS on SWIDE full condition. Unanticipated IGNORE
 6190                  *  WIDE RESIDUE messages are aliased as MODIFY DP (-1).
 6191                  */
 6192                 case M_IGN_RESIDUE:
 6193                         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_POINTER)
 6194                                 sym_print_msg(cp,"ign wide residue", np->msgin);
 6195                         sym_modify_dp(np, cp, -1);
 6196                         return;
 6197                 case M_REJECT:
 6198                         if (INB (HS_PRT) == HS_NEGOTIATE)
 6199                                 sym_nego_rejected(np, tp, cp);
 6200                         else {
 6201                                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 6202                                 printf ("M_REJECT received (%x:%x).\n",
 6203                                         scr_to_cpu(np->lastmsg), np->msgout[0]);
 6204                         }
 6205                         goto out_clrack;
 6206                         break;
 6207                 default:
 6208                         goto out_reject;
 6209                 }
 6210                 break;
 6211         /*
 6212          *  We received an unknown message.
 6213          *  Ignore all MSG IN phases and reject it.
 6214          */
 6215         case SIR_MSG_WEIRD:
 6216                 sym_print_msg(cp, "WEIRD message received", np->msgin);
 6217                 OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_weird));
 6218                 return;
 6219         /*
 6220          *  Negotiation failed.
 6221          *  Target does not send us the reply.
 6222          *  Remove the HS_NEGOTIATE status.
 6223          */
 6224         case SIR_NEGO_FAILED:
 6225                 OUTB (HS_PRT, HS_BUSY);
 6226         /*
 6227          *  Negotiation failed.
 6228          *  Target does not want answer message.
 6229          */
 6230         case SIR_NEGO_PROTO:
 6231                 if (!cp)
 6232                         goto out;
 6233                 sym_nego_default(np, tp, cp);
 6234                 goto out;
 6235         }
 6236 
 6237 out:
 6238         OUTONB_STD ();
 6239         return;
 6240 out_reject:
 6241         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTB_BA (np, msg_bad));
 6242         return;
 6243 out_clrack:
 6244         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, clrack));
 6245         return;
 6246 out_stuck:
 6247         return;
 6248 }
 6249 
 6250 /*
 6251  *  Acquire a control block
 6252  */
 6253 static  ccb_p sym_get_ccb (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln, u_char tag_order)
 6254 {
 6255         tcb_p tp = &np->target[tn];
 6256         lcb_p lp = sym_lp(tp, ln);
 6257         u_short tag = NO_TAG;
 6258         SYM_QUEHEAD *qp;
 6259         ccb_p cp = (ccb_p) NULL;
 6260 
 6261         /*
 6262          *  Look for a free CCB
 6263          */
 6264         if (sym_que_empty(&np->free_ccbq))
 6265                 goto out;
 6266         qp = sym_remque_head(&np->free_ccbq);
 6267         if (!qp)
 6268                 goto out;
 6269         cp = sym_que_entry(qp, struct sym_ccb, link_ccbq);
 6270 
 6271         /*
 6272          *  If the LCB is not yet available and the LUN
 6273          *  has been probed ok, try to allocate the LCB.
 6274          */
 6275         if (!lp && sym_is_bit(tp->lun_map, ln)) {
 6276                 lp = sym_alloc_lcb(np, tn, ln);
 6277                 if (!lp)
 6278                         goto out_free;
 6279         }
 6280 
 6281         /*
 6282          *  If the LCB is not available here, then the
 6283          *  logical unit is not yet discovered. For those
 6284          *  ones only accept 1 SCSI IO per logical unit,
 6285          *  since we cannot allow disconnections.
 6286          */
 6287         if (!lp) {
 6288                 if (!sym_is_bit(tp->busy0_map, ln))
 6289                         sym_set_bit(tp->busy0_map, ln);
 6290                 else
 6291                         goto out_free;
 6292         } else {
 6293                 /*
 6294                  *  If we have been asked for a tagged command, refuse
 6295                  *  to overlap with an existing untagged one.
 6296                  */
 6297                 if (tag_order) {
 6298                         if (lp->busy_itl != 0)
 6299                                 goto out_free;
 6300                         /*
 6301                          *  Allocate resources for tags if not yet.
 6302                          */
 6303                         if (!lp->cb_tags) {
 6304                                 sym_alloc_lcb_tags(np, tn, ln);
 6305                                 if (!lp->cb_tags)
 6306                                         goto out_free;
 6307                         }
 6308                         /*
 6309                          *  Get a tag for this SCSI IO and set up
 6310                          *  the CCB bus address for reselection,
 6311                          *  and count it for this LUN.
 6312                          *  Toggle reselect path to tagged.
 6313                          */
 6314                         if (lp->busy_itlq < SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK) {
 6315                                 tag = lp->cb_tags[lp->ia_tag];
 6316                                 if (++lp->ia_tag == SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK)
 6317                                         lp->ia_tag = 0;
 6318                                 lp->itlq_tbl[tag] = cpu_to_scr(cp->ccb_ba);
 6319                                 ++lp->busy_itlq;
 6320                                 lp->head.resel_sa =
 6321                                         cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTA_BA (np, resel_tag));
 6322                         }
 6323                         else
 6324                                 goto out_free;
 6325                 }
 6326                 /*
 6327                  *  This command will not be tagged.
 6328                  *  If we already have either a tagged or untagged
 6329                  *  one, refuse to overlap this untagged one.
 6330                  */
 6331                 else {
 6332                         if (lp->busy_itlq != 0 || lp->busy_itl != 0)
 6333                                 goto out_free;
 6334                         /*
 6335                          *  Count this nexus for this LUN.
 6336                          *  Set up the CCB bus address for reselection.
 6337                          *  Toggle reselect path to untagged.
 6338                          */
 6339                         lp->busy_itl = 1;
 6340                         lp->head.itl_task_sa = cpu_to_scr(cp->ccb_ba);
 6341                         lp->head.resel_sa =
 6342                               cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTA_BA (np, resel_no_tag));
 6343                 }
 6344         }
 6345         /*
 6346          *  Put the CCB into the busy queue.
 6347          */
 6348         sym_insque_tail(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->busy_ccbq);
 6349 
 6350         /*
 6351          *  Remember all informations needed to free this CCB.
 6352          */
 6353         cp->to_abort = 0;
 6354         cp->tag    = tag;
 6355         cp->target = tn;
 6356         cp->lun    = ln;
 6357 
 6358         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TAGS) {
 6359                 PRINT_LUN(np, tn, ln);
 6360                 printf ("ccb @%p using tag %d.\n", cp, tag);
 6361         }
 6362 
 6363 out:
 6364         return cp;
 6365 out_free:
 6366         sym_insque_head(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->free_ccbq);
 6367         return NULL;
 6368 }
 6369 
 6370 /*
 6371  *  Release one control block
 6372  */
 6373 static void sym_free_ccb(hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 6374 {
 6375         tcb_p tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 6376         lcb_p lp = sym_lp(tp, cp->lun);
 6377 
 6378         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & DEBUG_TAGS) {
 6379                 PRINT_LUN(np, cp->target, cp->lun);
 6380                 printf ("ccb @%p freeing tag %d.\n", cp, cp->tag);
 6381         }
 6382 
 6383         /*
 6384          *  If LCB available,
 6385          */
 6386         if (lp) {
 6387                 /*
 6388                  *  If tagged, release the tag, set the reselect path.
 6389                  */
 6390                 if (cp->tag != NO_TAG) {
 6391                         /*
 6392                          *  Free the tag value.
 6393                          */
 6394                         lp->cb_tags[lp->if_tag] = cp->tag;
 6395                         if (++lp->if_tag == SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK)
 6396                                 lp->if_tag = 0;
 6397                         /*
 6398                          *  Make the reselect path invalid,
 6399                          *  and uncount this CCB.
 6400                          */
 6401                         lp->itlq_tbl[cp->tag] = cpu_to_scr(np->bad_itlq_ba);
 6402                         --lp->busy_itlq;
 6403                 } else {        /* Untagged */
 6404                         /*
 6405                          *  Make the reselect path invalid,
 6406                          *  and uncount this CCB.
 6407                          */
 6408                         lp->head.itl_task_sa = cpu_to_scr(np->bad_itl_ba);
 6409                         lp->busy_itl = 0;
 6410                 }
 6411                 /*
 6412                  *  If no JOB active, make the LUN reselect path invalid.
 6413                  */
 6414                 if (lp->busy_itlq == 0 && lp->busy_itl == 0)
 6415                         lp->head.resel_sa =
 6416                                 cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTB_BA (np, resel_bad_lun));
 6417         }
 6418         /*
 6419          *  Otherwise, we only accept 1 IO per LUN.
 6420          *  Clear the bit that keeps track of this IO.
 6421          */
 6422         else
 6423                 sym_clr_bit(tp->busy0_map, cp->lun);
 6424 
 6425         /*
 6426          *  We donnot queue more than 1 ccb per target
 6427          *  with negotiation at any time. If this ccb was
 6428          *  used for negotiation, clear this info in the tcb.
 6429          */
 6430         if (cp == tp->nego_cp)
 6431                 tp->nego_cp = NULL;
 6432 
 6433 #ifdef SYM_CONF_IARB_SUPPORT
 6434         /*
 6435          *  If we just complete the last queued CCB,
 6436          *  clear this info that is no longer relevant.
 6437          */
 6438         if (cp == np->last_cp)
 6439                 np->last_cp = NULL;
 6440 #endif
 6441 
 6442         /*
 6443          *  Unmap user data from DMA map if needed.
 6444          */
 6445         if (cp->dmamapped) {
 6446                 bus_dmamap_unload(np->data_dmat, cp->dmamap);
 6447                 cp->dmamapped = 0;
 6448         }
 6449 
 6450         /*
 6451          *  Make this CCB available.
 6452          */
 6453         cp->cam_ccb = NULL;
 6454         cp->host_status = HS_IDLE;
 6455         sym_remque(&cp->link_ccbq);
 6456         sym_insque_head(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->free_ccbq);
 6457 }
 6458 
 6459 /*
 6460  *  Allocate a CCB from memory and initialize its fixed part.
 6461  */
 6462 static ccb_p sym_alloc_ccb(hcb_p np)
 6463 {
 6464         ccb_p cp = NULL;
 6465         int hcode;
 6466 
 6467         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_NOTOWNED);
 6468 
 6469         /*
 6470          *  Prevent from allocating more CCBs than we can
 6471          *  queue to the controller.
 6472          */
 6473         if (np->actccbs >= SYM_CONF_MAX_START)
 6474                 return NULL;
 6475 
 6476         /*
 6477          *  Allocate memory for this CCB.
 6478          */
 6479         cp = sym_calloc_dma(sizeof(struct sym_ccb), "CCB");
 6480         if (!cp)
 6481                 return NULL;
 6482 
 6483         /*
 6484          *  Allocate a bounce buffer for sense data.
 6485          */
 6486         cp->sns_bbuf = sym_calloc_dma(SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN, "SNS_BBUF");
 6487         if (!cp->sns_bbuf)
 6488                 goto out_free;
 6489 
 6490         /*
 6491          *  Allocate a map for the DMA of user data.
 6492          */
 6493         if (bus_dmamap_create(np->data_dmat, 0, &cp->dmamap))
 6494                 goto out_free;
 6495         /*
 6496          *  Count it.
 6497          */
 6498         np->actccbs++;
 6499 
 6500         /*
 6501          * Initialize the callout.
 6502          */
 6503         callout_init(&cp->ch, 1);
 6504 
 6505         /*
 6506          *  Compute the bus address of this ccb.
 6507          */
 6508         cp->ccb_ba = vtobus(cp);
 6509 
 6510         /*
 6511          *  Insert this ccb into the hashed list.
 6512          */
 6513         hcode = CCB_HASH_CODE(cp->ccb_ba);
 6514         cp->link_ccbh = np->ccbh[hcode];
 6515         np->ccbh[hcode] = cp;
 6516 
 6517         /*
 6518          *  Initialize the start and restart actions.
 6519          */
 6520         cp->phys.head.go.start   = cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTA_BA (np, idle));
 6521         cp->phys.head.go.restart = cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTB_BA (np, bad_i_t_l));
 6522 
 6523         /*
 6524          *  Initilialyze some other fields.
 6525          */
 6526         cp->phys.smsg_ext.addr = cpu_to_scr(HCB_BA(np, msgin[2]));
 6527 
 6528         /*
 6529          *  Chain into free ccb queue.
 6530          */
 6531         sym_insque_head(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->free_ccbq);
 6532 
 6533         return cp;
 6534 out_free:
 6535         if (cp->sns_bbuf)
 6536                 sym_mfree_dma(cp->sns_bbuf, SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN, "SNS_BBUF");
 6537         sym_mfree_dma(cp, sizeof(*cp), "CCB");
 6538         return NULL;
 6539 }
 6540 
 6541 /*
 6542  *  Look up a CCB from a DSA value.
 6543  */
 6544 static ccb_p sym_ccb_from_dsa(hcb_p np, u32 dsa)
 6545 {
 6546         int hcode;
 6547         ccb_p cp;
 6548 
 6549         hcode = CCB_HASH_CODE(dsa);
 6550         cp = np->ccbh[hcode];
 6551         while (cp) {
 6552                 if (cp->ccb_ba == dsa)
 6553                         break;
 6554                 cp = cp->link_ccbh;
 6555         }
 6556 
 6557         return cp;
 6558 }
 6559 
 6560 /*
 6561  *  Lun control block allocation and initialization.
 6562  */
 6563 static lcb_p sym_alloc_lcb (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln)
 6564 {
 6565         tcb_p tp = &np->target[tn];
 6566         lcb_p lp = sym_lp(tp, ln);
 6567 
 6568         /*
 6569          *  Already done, just return.
 6570          */
 6571         if (lp)
 6572                 return lp;
 6573         /*
 6574          *  Check against some race.
 6575          */
 6576         assert(!sym_is_bit(tp->busy0_map, ln));
 6577 
 6578         /*
 6579          *  Allocate the LCB bus address array.
 6580          *  Compute the bus address of this table.
 6581          */
 6582         if (ln && !tp->luntbl) {
 6583                 int i;
 6584 
 6585                 tp->luntbl = sym_calloc_dma(256, "LUNTBL");
 6586                 if (!tp->luntbl)
 6587                         goto fail;
 6588                 for (i = 0 ; i < 64 ; i++)
 6589                         tp->luntbl[i] = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(&np->badlun_sa));
 6590                 tp->head.luntbl_sa = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(tp->luntbl));
 6591         }
 6592 
 6593         /*
 6594          *  Allocate the table of pointers for LUN(s) > 0, if needed.
 6595          */
 6596         if (ln && !tp->lunmp) {
 6597                 tp->lunmp = sym_calloc(SYM_CONF_MAX_LUN * sizeof(lcb_p),
 6598                                    "LUNMP");
 6599                 if (!tp->lunmp)
 6600                         goto fail;
 6601         }
 6602 
 6603         /*
 6604          *  Allocate the lcb.
 6605          *  Make it available to the chip.
 6606          */
 6607         lp = sym_calloc_dma(sizeof(struct sym_lcb), "LCB");
 6608         if (!lp)
 6609                 goto fail;
 6610         if (ln) {
 6611                 tp->lunmp[ln] = lp;
 6612                 tp->luntbl[ln] = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(lp));
 6613         }
 6614         else {
 6615                 tp->lun0p = lp;
 6616                 tp->head.lun0_sa = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(lp));
 6617         }
 6618 
 6619         /*
 6620          *  Let the itl task point to error handling.
 6621          */
 6622         lp->head.itl_task_sa = cpu_to_scr(np->bad_itl_ba);
 6623 
 6624         /*
 6625          *  Set the reselect pattern to our default. :)
 6626          */
 6627         lp->head.resel_sa = cpu_to_scr(SCRIPTB_BA (np, resel_bad_lun));
 6628 
 6629         /*
 6630          *  Set user capabilities.
 6631          */
 6632         lp->user_flags = tp->usrflags & (SYM_DISC_ENABLED | SYM_TAGS_ENABLED);
 6633 
 6634 fail:
 6635         return lp;
 6636 }
 6637 
 6638 /*
 6639  *  Allocate LCB resources for tagged command queuing.
 6640  */
 6641 static void sym_alloc_lcb_tags (hcb_p np, u_char tn, u_char ln)
 6642 {
 6643         tcb_p tp = &np->target[tn];
 6644         lcb_p lp = sym_lp(tp, ln);
 6645         int i;
 6646 
 6647         /*
 6648          *  If LCB not available, try to allocate it.
 6649          */
 6650         if (!lp && !(lp = sym_alloc_lcb(np, tn, ln)))
 6651                 return;
 6652 
 6653         /*
 6654          *  Allocate the task table and and the tag allocation
 6655          *  circular buffer. We want both or none.
 6656          */
 6657         lp->itlq_tbl = sym_calloc_dma(SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK*4, "ITLQ_TBL");
 6658         if (!lp->itlq_tbl)
 6659                 return;
 6660         lp->cb_tags = sym_calloc(SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK, "CB_TAGS");
 6661         if (!lp->cb_tags) {
 6662                 sym_mfree_dma(lp->itlq_tbl, SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK*4, "ITLQ_TBL");
 6663                 lp->itlq_tbl = NULL;
 6664                 return;
 6665         }
 6666 
 6667         /*
 6668          *  Initialize the task table with invalid entries.
 6669          */
 6670         for (i = 0 ; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK ; i++)
 6671                 lp->itlq_tbl[i] = cpu_to_scr(np->notask_ba);
 6672 
 6673         /*
 6674          *  Fill up the tag buffer with tag numbers.
 6675          */
 6676         for (i = 0 ; i < SYM_CONF_MAX_TASK ; i++)
 6677                 lp->cb_tags[i] = i;
 6678 
 6679         /*
 6680          *  Make the task table available to SCRIPTS,
 6681          *  And accept tagged commands now.
 6682          */
 6683         lp->head.itlq_tbl_sa = cpu_to_scr(vtobus(lp->itlq_tbl));
 6684 }
 6685 
 6686 /*
 6687  *  Test the pci bus snoop logic :-(
 6688  *
 6689  *  Has to be called with interrupts disabled.
 6690  */
 6691 #ifndef SYM_CONF_IOMAPPED
 6692 static int sym_regtest (hcb_p np)
 6693 {
 6694         register volatile u32 data;
 6695         /*
 6696          *  chip registers may NOT be cached.
 6697          *  write 0xffffffff to a read only register area,
 6698          *  and try to read it back.
 6699          */
 6700         data = 0xffffffff;
 6701         OUTL_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg, nc_dstat), data);
 6702         data = INL_OFF(offsetof(struct sym_reg, nc_dstat));
 6703 #if 1
 6704         if (data == 0xffffffff) {
 6705 #else
 6706         if ((data & 0xe2f0fffd) != 0x02000080) {
 6707 #endif
 6708                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: reg dstat-sstat2 readback %x.\n",
 6709                         (unsigned) data);
 6710                 return (0x10);
 6711         }
 6712         return (0);
 6713 }
 6714 #endif
 6715 
 6716 static int sym_snooptest (hcb_p np)
 6717 {
 6718         u32     sym_rd, sym_wr, sym_bk, host_rd, host_wr, pc, dstat;
 6719         int     i, err=0;
 6720 #ifndef SYM_CONF_IOMAPPED
 6721         err |= sym_regtest (np);
 6722         if (err) return (err);
 6723 #endif
 6724 restart_test:
 6725         /*
 6726          *  Enable Master Parity Checking as we intend
 6727          *  to enable it for normal operations.
 6728          */
 6729         OUTB (nc_ctest4, (np->rv_ctest4 & MPEE));
 6730         /*
 6731          *  init
 6732          */
 6733         pc  = SCRIPTB0_BA (np, snooptest);
 6734         host_wr = 1;
 6735         sym_wr  = 2;
 6736         /*
 6737          *  Set memory and register.
 6738          */
 6739         np->cache = cpu_to_scr(host_wr);
 6740         OUTL (nc_temp, sym_wr);
 6741         /*
 6742          *  Start script (exchange values)
 6743          */
 6744         OUTL (nc_dsa, np->hcb_ba);
 6745         OUTL_DSP (pc);
 6746         /*
 6747          *  Wait 'til done (with timeout)
 6748          */
 6749         for (i=0; i<SYM_SNOOP_TIMEOUT; i++)
 6750                 if (INB(nc_istat) & (INTF|SIP|DIP))
 6751                         break;
 6752         if (i>=SYM_SNOOP_TIMEOUT) {
 6753                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: timeout.\n");
 6754                 return (0x20);
 6755         }
 6756         /*
 6757          *  Check for fatal DMA errors.
 6758          */
 6759         dstat = INB (nc_dstat);
 6760 #if 1   /* Band aiding for broken hardwares that fail PCI parity */
 6761         if ((dstat & MDPE) && (np->rv_ctest4 & MPEE)) {
 6762                 printf ("%s: PCI DATA PARITY ERROR DETECTED - "
 6763                         "DISABLING MASTER DATA PARITY CHECKING.\n",
 6764                         sym_name(np));
 6765                 np->rv_ctest4 &= ~MPEE;
 6766                 goto restart_test;
 6767         }
 6768 #endif
 6769         if (dstat & (MDPE|BF|IID)) {
 6770                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: DMA error (dstat=0x%02x).", dstat);
 6771                 return (0x80);
 6772         }
 6773         /*
 6774          *  Save termination position.
 6775          */
 6776         pc = INL (nc_dsp);
 6777         /*
 6778          *  Read memory and register.
 6779          */
 6780         host_rd = scr_to_cpu(np->cache);
 6781         sym_rd  = INL (nc_scratcha);
 6782         sym_bk  = INL (nc_temp);
 6783 
 6784         /*
 6785          *  Check termination position.
 6786          */
 6787         if (pc != SCRIPTB0_BA (np, snoopend)+8) {
 6788                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: script execution failed.\n");
 6789                 printf ("start=%08lx, pc=%08lx, end=%08lx\n",
 6790                         (u_long) SCRIPTB0_BA (np, snooptest), (u_long) pc,
 6791                         (u_long) SCRIPTB0_BA (np, snoopend) +8);
 6792                 return (0x40);
 6793         }
 6794         /*
 6795          *  Show results.
 6796          */
 6797         if (host_wr != sym_rd) {
 6798                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: host wrote %d, chip read %d.\n",
 6799                         (int) host_wr, (int) sym_rd);
 6800                 err |= 1;
 6801         }
 6802         if (host_rd != sym_wr) {
 6803                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: chip wrote %d, host read %d.\n",
 6804                         (int) sym_wr, (int) host_rd);
 6805                 err |= 2;
 6806         }
 6807         if (sym_bk != sym_wr) {
 6808                 printf ("CACHE TEST FAILED: chip wrote %d, read back %d.\n",
 6809                         (int) sym_wr, (int) sym_bk);
 6810                 err |= 4;
 6811         }
 6812 
 6813         return (err);
 6814 }
 6815 
 6816 /*
 6817  *  Determine the chip's clock frequency.
 6818  *
 6819  *  This is essential for the negotiation of the synchronous
 6820  *  transfer rate.
 6821  *
 6822  *  Note: we have to return the correct value.
 6823  *  THERE IS NO SAFE DEFAULT VALUE.
 6824  *
 6825  *  Most NCR/SYMBIOS boards are delivered with a 40 Mhz clock.
 6826  *  53C860 and 53C875 rev. 1 support fast20 transfers but
 6827  *  do not have a clock doubler and so are provided with a
 6828  *  80 MHz clock. All other fast20 boards incorporate a doubler
 6829  *  and so should be delivered with a 40 MHz clock.
 6830  *  The recent fast40 chips (895/896/895A/1010) use a 40 Mhz base
 6831  *  clock and provide a clock quadrupler (160 Mhz).
 6832  */
 6833 
 6834 /*
 6835  *  Select SCSI clock frequency
 6836  */
 6837 static void sym_selectclock(hcb_p np, u_char scntl3)
 6838 {
 6839         /*
 6840          *  If multiplier not present or not selected, leave here.
 6841          */
 6842         if (np->multiplier <= 1) {
 6843                 OUTB(nc_scntl3, scntl3);
 6844                 return;
 6845         }
 6846 
 6847         if (sym_verbose >= 2)
 6848                 printf ("%s: enabling clock multiplier\n", sym_name(np));
 6849 
 6850         OUTB(nc_stest1, DBLEN);    /* Enable clock multiplier             */
 6851         /*
 6852          *  Wait for the LCKFRQ bit to be set if supported by the chip.
 6853          *  Otherwise wait 20 micro-seconds.
 6854          */
 6855         if (np->features & FE_LCKFRQ) {
 6856                 int i = 20;
 6857                 while (!(INB(nc_stest4) & LCKFRQ) && --i > 0)
 6858                         UDELAY (20);
 6859                 if (!i)
 6860                         printf("%s: the chip cannot lock the frequency\n",
 6861                                 sym_name(np));
 6862         } else
 6863                 UDELAY (20);
 6864         OUTB(nc_stest3, HSC);           /* Halt the scsi clock          */
 6865         OUTB(nc_scntl3, scntl3);
 6866         OUTB(nc_stest1, (DBLEN|DBLSEL));/* Select clock multiplier      */
 6867         OUTB(nc_stest3, 0x00);          /* Restart scsi clock           */
 6868 }
 6869 
 6870 /*
 6871  *  calculate SCSI clock frequency (in KHz)
 6872  */
 6873 static unsigned getfreq (hcb_p np, int gen)
 6874 {
 6875         unsigned int ms = 0;
 6876         unsigned int f;
 6877 
 6878         /*
 6879          * Measure GEN timer delay in order
 6880          * to calculate SCSI clock frequency
 6881          *
 6882          * This code will never execute too
 6883          * many loop iterations (if DELAY is
 6884          * reasonably correct). It could get
 6885          * too low a delay (too high a freq.)
 6886          * if the CPU is slow executing the
 6887          * loop for some reason (an NMI, for
 6888          * example). For this reason we will
 6889          * if multiple measurements are to be
 6890          * performed trust the higher delay
 6891          * (lower frequency returned).
 6892          */
 6893         OUTW (nc_sien , 0);     /* mask all scsi interrupts */
 6894         (void) INW (nc_sist);   /* clear pending scsi interrupt */
 6895         OUTB (nc_dien , 0);     /* mask all dma interrupts */
 6896         (void) INW (nc_sist);   /* another one, just to be sure :) */
 6897         OUTB (nc_scntl3, 4);    /* set pre-scaler to divide by 3 */
 6898         OUTB (nc_stime1, 0);    /* disable general purpose timer */
 6899         OUTB (nc_stime1, gen);  /* set to nominal delay of 1<<gen * 125us */
 6900         while (!(INW(nc_sist) & GEN) && ms++ < 100000)
 6901                 UDELAY (1000);  /* count ms */
 6902         OUTB (nc_stime1, 0);    /* disable general purpose timer */
 6903         /*
 6904          * set prescaler to divide by whatever 0 means
 6905          * 0 ought to choose divide by 2, but appears
 6906          * to set divide by 3.5 mode in my 53c810 ...
 6907          */
 6908         OUTB (nc_scntl3, 0);
 6909 
 6910         /*
 6911          * adjust for prescaler, and convert into KHz
 6912          */
 6913         f = ms ? ((1 << gen) * 4340) / ms : 0;
 6914 
 6915         if (sym_verbose >= 2)
 6916                 printf ("%s: Delay (GEN=%d): %u msec, %u KHz\n",
 6917                         sym_name(np), gen, ms, f);
 6918 
 6919         return f;
 6920 }
 6921 
 6922 static unsigned sym_getfreq (hcb_p np)
 6923 {
 6924         u_int f1, f2;
 6925         int gen = 11;
 6926 
 6927         (void) getfreq (np, gen);       /* throw away first result */
 6928         f1 = getfreq (np, gen);
 6929         f2 = getfreq (np, gen);
 6930         if (f1 > f2) f1 = f2;           /* trust lower result   */
 6931         return f1;
 6932 }
 6933 
 6934 /*
 6935  *  Get/probe chip SCSI clock frequency
 6936  */
 6937 static void sym_getclock (hcb_p np, int mult)
 6938 {
 6939         unsigned char scntl3 = np->sv_scntl3;
 6940         unsigned char stest1 = np->sv_stest1;
 6941         unsigned f1;
 6942 
 6943         /*
 6944          *  For the C10 core, assume 40 MHz.
 6945          */
 6946         if (np->features & FE_C10) {
 6947                 np->multiplier = mult;
 6948                 np->clock_khz = 40000 * mult;
 6949                 return;
 6950         }
 6951 
 6952         np->multiplier = 1;
 6953         f1 = 40000;
 6954         /*
 6955          *  True with 875/895/896/895A with clock multiplier selected
 6956          */
 6957         if (mult > 1 && (stest1 & (DBLEN+DBLSEL)) == DBLEN+DBLSEL) {
 6958                 if (sym_verbose >= 2)
 6959                         printf ("%s: clock multiplier found\n", sym_name(np));
 6960                 np->multiplier = mult;
 6961         }
 6962 
 6963         /*
 6964          *  If multiplier not found or scntl3 not 7,5,3,
 6965          *  reset chip and get frequency from general purpose timer.
 6966          *  Otherwise trust scntl3 BIOS setting.
 6967          */
 6968         if (np->multiplier != mult || (scntl3 & 7) < 3 || !(scntl3 & 1)) {
 6969                 OUTB (nc_stest1, 0);            /* make sure doubler is OFF */
 6970                 f1 = sym_getfreq (np);
 6971 
 6972                 if (sym_verbose)
 6973                         printf ("%s: chip clock is %uKHz\n", sym_name(np), f1);
 6974 
 6975                 if      (f1 <   45000)          f1 =  40000;
 6976                 else if (f1 <   55000)          f1 =  50000;
 6977                 else                            f1 =  80000;
 6978 
 6979                 if (f1 < 80000 && mult > 1) {
 6980                         if (sym_verbose >= 2)
 6981                                 printf ("%s: clock multiplier assumed\n",
 6982                                         sym_name(np));
 6983                         np->multiplier  = mult;
 6984                 }
 6985         } else {
 6986                 if      ((scntl3 & 7) == 3)     f1 =  40000;
 6987                 else if ((scntl3 & 7) == 5)     f1 =  80000;
 6988                 else                            f1 = 160000;
 6989 
 6990                 f1 /= np->multiplier;
 6991         }
 6992 
 6993         /*
 6994          *  Compute controller synchronous parameters.
 6995          */
 6996         f1              *= np->multiplier;
 6997         np->clock_khz   = f1;
 6998 }
 6999 
 7000 /*
 7001  *  Get/probe PCI clock frequency
 7002  */
 7003 static int sym_getpciclock (hcb_p np)
 7004 {
 7005         int f = 0;
 7006 
 7007         /*
 7008          *  For the C1010-33, this doesn't work.
 7009          *  For the C1010-66, this will be tested when I'll have
 7010          *  such a beast to play with.
 7011          */
 7012         if (!(np->features & FE_C10)) {
 7013                 OUTB (nc_stest1, SCLK); /* Use the PCI clock as SCSI clock */
 7014                 f = (int) sym_getfreq (np);
 7015                 OUTB (nc_stest1, 0);
 7016         }
 7017         np->pciclk_khz = f;
 7018 
 7019         return f;
 7020 }
 7021 
 7022 /*============= DRIVER ACTION/COMPLETION ====================*/
 7023 
 7024 /*
 7025  *  Print something that tells about extended errors.
 7026  */
 7027 static void sym_print_xerr(ccb_p cp, int x_status)
 7028 {
 7029         if (x_status & XE_PARITY_ERR) {
 7030                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7031                 printf ("unrecovered SCSI parity error.\n");
 7032         }
 7033         if (x_status & XE_EXTRA_DATA) {
 7034                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7035                 printf ("extraneous data discarded.\n");
 7036         }
 7037         if (x_status & XE_BAD_PHASE) {
 7038                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7039                 printf ("illegal scsi phase (4/5).\n");
 7040         }
 7041         if (x_status & XE_SODL_UNRUN) {
 7042                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7043                 printf ("ODD transfer in DATA OUT phase.\n");
 7044         }
 7045         if (x_status & XE_SWIDE_OVRUN) {
 7046                 PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7047                 printf ("ODD transfer in DATA IN phase.\n");
 7048         }
 7049 }
 7050 
 7051 /*
 7052  *  Choose the more appropriate CAM status if
 7053  *  the IO encountered an extended error.
 7054  */
 7055 static int sym_xerr_cam_status(int cam_status, int x_status)
 7056 {
 7057         if (x_status) {
 7058                 if      (x_status & XE_PARITY_ERR)
 7059                         cam_status = CAM_UNCOR_PARITY;
 7060                 else if (x_status &(XE_EXTRA_DATA|XE_SODL_UNRUN|XE_SWIDE_OVRUN))
 7061                         cam_status = CAM_DATA_RUN_ERR;
 7062                 else if (x_status & XE_BAD_PHASE)
 7063                         cam_status = CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR;
 7064                 else
 7065                         cam_status = CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR;
 7066         }
 7067         return cam_status;
 7068 }
 7069 
 7070 /*
 7071  *  Complete execution of a SCSI command with extented
 7072  *  error, SCSI status error, or having been auto-sensed.
 7073  *
 7074  *  The SCRIPTS processor is not running there, so we
 7075  *  can safely access IO registers and remove JOBs from
 7076  *  the START queue.
 7077  *  SCRATCHA is assumed to have been loaded with STARTPOS
 7078  *  before the SCRIPTS called the C code.
 7079  */
 7080 static void sym_complete_error (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 7081 {
 7082         struct ccb_scsiio *csio;
 7083         u_int cam_status;
 7084         int i, sense_returned;
 7085 
 7086         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 7087 
 7088         /*
 7089          *  Paranoid check. :)
 7090          */
 7091         if (!cp || !cp->cam_ccb)
 7092                 return;
 7093 
 7094         if (DEBUG_FLAGS & (DEBUG_TINY|DEBUG_RESULT)) {
 7095                 printf ("CCB=%lx STAT=%x/%x/%x DEV=%d/%d\n", (unsigned long)cp,
 7096                         cp->host_status, cp->ssss_status, cp->host_flags,
 7097                         cp->target, cp->lun);
 7098                 MDELAY(100);
 7099         }
 7100 
 7101         /*
 7102          *  Get CAM command pointer.
 7103          */
 7104         csio = &cp->cam_ccb->csio;
 7105 
 7106         /*
 7107          *  Check for extended errors.
 7108          */
 7109         if (cp->xerr_status) {
 7110                 if (sym_verbose)
 7111                         sym_print_xerr(cp, cp->xerr_status);
 7112                 if (cp->host_status == HS_COMPLETE)
 7113                         cp->host_status = HS_COMP_ERR;
 7114         }
 7115 
 7116         /*
 7117          *  Calculate the residual.
 7118          */
 7119         csio->sense_resid = 0;
 7120         csio->resid = sym_compute_residual(np, cp);
 7121 
 7122         if (!SYM_CONF_RESIDUAL_SUPPORT) {/* If user does not want residuals */
 7123                 csio->resid  = 0;       /* throw them away. :)             */
 7124                 cp->sv_resid = 0;
 7125         }
 7126 
 7127         if (cp->host_flags & HF_SENSE) {                /* Auto sense     */
 7128                 csio->scsi_status = cp->sv_scsi_status; /* Restore status */
 7129                 csio->sense_resid = csio->resid;        /* Swap residuals */
 7130                 csio->resid       = cp->sv_resid;
 7131                 cp->sv_resid      = 0;
 7132                 if (sym_verbose && cp->sv_xerr_status)
 7133                         sym_print_xerr(cp, cp->sv_xerr_status);
 7134                 if (cp->host_status == HS_COMPLETE &&
 7135                     cp->ssss_status == S_GOOD &&
 7136                     cp->xerr_status == 0) {
 7137                         cam_status = sym_xerr_cam_status(CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR,
 7138                                                          cp->sv_xerr_status);
 7139                         cam_status |= CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID;
 7140                         /*
 7141                          *  Bounce back the sense data to user and
 7142                          *  fix the residual.
 7143                          */
 7144                         bzero(&csio->sense_data, sizeof(csio->sense_data));
 7145                         sense_returned = SYM_SNS_BBUF_LEN - csio->sense_resid;
 7146                         if (sense_returned < csio->sense_len)
 7147                                 csio->sense_resid = csio->sense_len -
 7148                                     sense_returned;
 7149                         else
 7150                                 csio->sense_resid = 0;
 7151                         bcopy(cp->sns_bbuf, &csio->sense_data,
 7152                             MIN(csio->sense_len, sense_returned));
 7153 #if 0
 7154                         /*
 7155                          *  If the device reports a UNIT ATTENTION condition
 7156                          *  due to a RESET condition, we should consider all
 7157                          *  disconnect CCBs for this unit as aborted.
 7158                          */
 7159                         if (1) {
 7160                                 u_char *p;
 7161                                 p  = (u_char *) csio->sense_data;
 7162                                 if (p[0]==0x70 && p[2]==0x6 && p[12]==0x29)
 7163                                         sym_clear_tasks(np, CAM_REQ_ABORTED,
 7164                                                         cp->target,cp->lun, -1);
 7165                         }
 7166 #endif
 7167                 }
 7168                 else
 7169                         cam_status = CAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL;
 7170         }
 7171         else if (cp->host_status == HS_COMPLETE) {      /* Bad SCSI status */
 7172                 csio->scsi_status = cp->ssss_status;
 7173                 cam_status = CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR;
 7174         }
 7175         else if (cp->host_status == HS_SEL_TIMEOUT)     /* Selection timeout */
 7176                 cam_status = CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT;
 7177         else if (cp->host_status == HS_UNEXPECTED)      /* Unexpected BUS FREE*/
 7178                 cam_status = CAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE;
 7179         else {                                          /* Extended error */
 7180                 if (sym_verbose) {
 7181                         PRINT_ADDR(cp);
 7182                         printf ("COMMAND FAILED (%x %x %x).\n",
 7183                                 cp->host_status, cp->ssss_status,
 7184                                 cp->xerr_status);
 7185                 }
 7186                 csio->scsi_status = cp->ssss_status;
 7187                 /*
 7188                  *  Set the most appropriate value for CAM status.
 7189                  */
 7190                 cam_status = sym_xerr_cam_status(CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR,
 7191                                                  cp->xerr_status);
 7192         }
 7193 
 7194         /*
 7195          *  Dequeue all queued CCBs for that device
 7196          *  not yet started by SCRIPTS.
 7197          */
 7198         i = (INL (nc_scratcha) - np->squeue_ba) / 4;
 7199         (void) sym_dequeue_from_squeue(np, i, cp->target, cp->lun, -1);
 7200 
 7201         /*
 7202          *  Restart the SCRIPTS processor.
 7203          */
 7204         OUTL_DSP (SCRIPTA_BA (np, start));
 7205 
 7206         /*
 7207          *  Synchronize DMA map if needed.
 7208          */
 7209         if (cp->dmamapped) {
 7210                 bus_dmamap_sync(np->data_dmat, cp->dmamap,
 7211                         (cp->dmamapped == SYM_DMA_READ ?
 7212                                 BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD : BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE));
 7213         }
 7214         /*
 7215          *  Add this one to the COMP queue.
 7216          *  Complete all those commands with either error
 7217          *  or requeue condition.
 7218          */
 7219         sym_set_cam_status((union ccb *) csio, cam_status);
 7220         sym_remque(&cp->link_ccbq);
 7221         sym_insque_head(&cp->link_ccbq, &np->comp_ccbq);
 7222         sym_flush_comp_queue(np, 0);
 7223 }
 7224 
 7225 /*
 7226  *  Complete execution of a successful SCSI command.
 7227  *
 7228  *  Only successful commands go to the DONE queue,
 7229  *  since we need to have the SCRIPTS processor
 7230  *  stopped on any error condition.
 7231  *  The SCRIPTS processor is running while we are
 7232  *  completing successful commands.
 7233  */
 7234 static void sym_complete_ok (hcb_p np, ccb_p cp)
 7235 {
 7236         struct ccb_scsiio *csio;
 7237         tcb_p tp;
 7238         lcb_p lp;
 7239 
 7240         SYM_LOCK_ASSERT(MA_OWNED);
 7241 
 7242         /*
 7243          *  Paranoid check. :)
 7244          */
 7245         if (!cp || !cp->cam_ccb)
 7246                 return;
 7247         assert (cp->host_status == HS_COMPLETE);
 7248 
 7249         /*
 7250          *  Get command, target and lun pointers.
 7251          */
 7252         csio = &cp->cam_ccb->csio;
 7253         tp = &np->target[cp->target];
 7254         lp = sym_lp(tp, cp->lun);
 7255 
 7256         /*
 7257          *  Assume device discovered on first success.
 7258          */
 7259         if (!lp)
 7260                 sym_set_bit(tp->lun_map, cp->lun);
 7261 
 7262         /*
 7263          *  If all data have been transferred, given than no
 7264          *  extended error did occur, there is no residual.
 7265          */
 7266         csio->resid = 0;
 7267         if (cp->phys.head.lastp != cp->phys.head.goalp)
 7268                 csio->resid = sym_compute_residual(np, cp);
 7269 
 7270         /*
 7271          *  Wrong transfer residuals may be worse than just always
 7272          *  returning zero. User can disable this feature from
 7273          *  sym_conf.h. Residual support is enabled by default.
 7274          */
 7275         if (!SYM_CONF_RESIDUAL_SUPPORT)
 7276                 csio->resid  = 0;
 7277